US20090130107A1 - Interleukin-22 polypeptides, nucleic acids encoding the same and methods for the treatment of pancreatic disorders - Google Patents

Interleukin-22 polypeptides, nucleic acids encoding the same and methods for the treatment of pancreatic disorders Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20090130107A1
US20090130107A1 US12/237,234 US23723408A US2009130107A1 US 20090130107 A1 US20090130107 A1 US 20090130107A1 US 23723408 A US23723408 A US 23723408A US 2009130107 A1 US2009130107 A1 US 2009130107A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
polypeptide
acid sequence
alternatively
nucleic acid
amino acid
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US12/237,234
Inventor
Austin L. Gurney
Sudeepta Aggarwal
Ming-Hong Xie
Ellen M. Maruoka
Jessica S. Foster
Audrey Goddard
William I. Wood
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Individual
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from PCT/US2000/014042 external-priority patent/WO2000077037A2/en
Priority claimed from PCT/US2000/023328 external-priority patent/WO2001016318A2/en
Priority claimed from US09/870,574 external-priority patent/US6551799B2/en
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Priority to US12/237,234 priority Critical patent/US20090130107A1/en
Publication of US20090130107A1 publication Critical patent/US20090130107A1/en
Priority to US12/967,952 priority patent/US8178082B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/52Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
    • C07K14/54Interleukins [IL]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/18Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for pancreatic disorders, e.g. pancreatic enzymes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/68Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids
    • G01N33/6863Cytokines, i.e. immune system proteins modifying a biological response such as cell growth proliferation or differentiation, e.g. TNF, CNF, GM-CSF, lymphotoxin, MIF or their receptors
    • G01N33/6869Interleukin
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2333/00Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
    • G01N2333/435Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from animals; from humans
    • G01N2333/52Assays involving cytokines
    • G01N2333/54Interleukins [IL]

Definitions

  • the present invention relates generally to the identification and isolation of interleukin-22 (IL-22) and to methods of treatment of pancreatic disorders.
  • IL-22 interleukin-22
  • the pancreas is a large gland located behind the stomach and close to the duodenum. It secretes digestive enzymes that enter the small intestine via a duct. These enzymes facilitate the digestion of proteins, fats and carbohydrates. In addition to the digestive enzymes the pancreas also releases insulin and glucagon, which play an important role in sugar metabolism.
  • Pancreatitis is a disease in which the pancreas becomes inflamed. Damage to the pancreas occurs when digestive enzymes are activated and begin attacking the gland. In severe cases, there many be bleeding into the gland, tissue damage, infection and cyst formation. There are two forms of pancreatitis. An acute form which occurs suddenly and may be life threatening. A chronic form of pancreatitis may arise if the patient persists in drinking alcohol, which results in the reduction of pancreatic function and severe pain and weight loss. There are approximately 50,000 to 80,000 cases of acute pancreatitis in the United States each year. It is more common in men than in women.
  • pancreatitis is difficult. Usually pancreatic function tests help the physician determine if there are enough pancreatic enzymes being made. CA-T scan can determine if there are abnormalities in the gland itself, such as gallstones, which are frequently associated with this disorder. As chronic pancreatitis is a leading risk factor for pancreatic cancer, it should be treated as soon as the diagnosis is made.
  • the pancreas is comprised of about 80% acinar cells, 1%-2% islet cells and 10%-15% of cuboidal ductal cells.
  • Acinar cell carcinoma accounts for 1%-2% of pancreatic carcinoma, with an additional 10%-15% of pancreatic carcinoma comprised of acinar cells and other cell types [Nomura et al., Ultra. Path. (1992) 16:317-329].
  • All of the causes of acute pancreatitis affect the acinar cells in a way that results in the activation and retention of the digestive enzymes, which injure the acinar cell and cause the release of cytokines.
  • the cytokines attract inflammatory cells, especially neutrophils, leading to further secretion of cytokines. It is proposed that the released inflammatory molecules induce pancreatic edema, and local necrosis. Certain studies have suggested that cytokine inhibitors may improve the course of pancreatitis in specific clinical settings.
  • Interleukin-22 is a newly identified cytokine produced by activated T cells and is related to interleukin-10 (IL-10).
  • IL-22 signals through a receptor complex comprised of CRF2-4, also known as IL-10R ⁇ , and a new member of the class II cytokine receptor family, interleukin-22 receptor (IL-22R) [Xie et al., J. Biol. Chem. (2000) 275, 31335-31339].
  • IL-22R interleukin-22 receptor
  • IL-22R interleukin-22 receptor
  • murine IL-22 induces changes in gene expression in pancreatic acinar cells of several genes including pancreatitis associated protein (PAP1), a gene overexpressed in acute pancreatitis [Iovanna et al, J. Biol. Chem. (1991) 266, 24664-24669].
  • PAP1 pancreatitis associated protein
  • IL-22 signaling through a receptor complex that is highly expressed in pancreas suggests that IL-22 may modulate an immune/inflammatory response in the pancreas, and may be involved in diseases of the pancreas including pancreatitis.
  • the invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleotide sequence that encodes an interleukin-22 (IL-22) polypeptide.
  • IL-22 interleukin-22
  • the isolated nucleic acid molecule comprises a nucleotide sequence having at least about 80% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 81% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 82% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 83% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 84% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 85% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 86% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 87% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 88% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 89% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 90% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 91% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 92% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 93% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 94% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 95% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 96% nucleic acid sequence
  • the isolated nucleic acid molecule comprises a nucleotide sequence having at least about 80% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 81% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 82% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 83% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 84% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 85% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 86% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 87% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 88% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 89% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 90% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 91% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 92% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 93% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 94% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 95% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 96% nucleic acid sequence
  • the invention concerns an isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleotide sequence having at least about 80% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 81% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 82% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 83% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 84% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 85% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 86% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 87% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 88% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 89% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 90% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 91% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 92% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 93% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 94% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 95% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 9
  • Another embodiment is directed to fragments of an IL-22 polypeptide coding sequence, or the complement thereof, that may find use as, for example, hybridization probes, for encoding fragments of an IL-22 polypeptide that may optionally encode a polypeptide comprising a binding site for an anti-IL-22 antibody or as antisense oligonucleotide probes.
  • nucleic acid fragments are usually at least about 10 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 15 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 20 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 30 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 40 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 50 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 60 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 70 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 80 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 90 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 100 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 110 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 120 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 130 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 140 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 150 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 160 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 170 nucleo
  • novel fragments of an IL-22 polypeptide-encoding nucleotide sequence may be determined in a routine manner by aligning the IL-22 polypeptide-encoding nucleotide sequence with other known nucleotide sequences using any of a number of well known sequence alignment programs and determining which IL-22 polypeptide-encoding nucleotide sequence fragment(s) are novel. All of such IL-22 polypeptide-encoding nucleotide sequences are contemplated herein. Also contemplated are the IL-22 polypeptide fragments encoded by these nucleotide molecule fragments, preferably those IL-22 polypeptide fragments that comprise a binding site for an anti-IL-22 antibody.
  • the invention provides isolated IL-22 polypeptide encoded by any of the isolated nucleic acid sequences herein above identified.
  • the invention concerns an isolated IL-22 polypeptide, comprising an amino acid sequence having at least about 80% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 81% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 82% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 83% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 84% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 85% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 86% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 87% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 88% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 89% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 90% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 91% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 92% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 93% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 94% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 95% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 96% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 97% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 98% amino acid sequence identity and alternatively at least about
  • the invention concerns an isolated IL-22 polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence having at least about 80% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 81% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 82% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 83% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 84% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 85% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 86% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 87% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 88% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 89% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 90% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 91% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 92% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 93% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 94% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 95% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 96% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 97% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 98% amino acid sequence identity and alternatively at least about at least about
  • the invention provides an isolated IL-22 polypeptide without the N-terminal signal sequence and/or the initiating methionine and is encoded by a nucleotide sequence that encodes such an amino acid sequence as hereinbefore described.
  • Processes for producing the same are also herein described, wherein those processes comprise culturing a host cell comprising a vector which comprises the appropriate encoding nucleic acid molecule under conditions suitable for expression of the IL-22 polypeptide and recovering the IL-22 polypeptide from the cell culture.
  • the invention concerns agonists and antagonists of a native IL-22 polypeptide as defined herein.
  • the agonist or antagonist is an anti-IL-22 antibody or a small molecule.
  • the invention concerns a method of identifying agonists or antagonists to an IL-22 polypeptide which comprise contacting the IL-22 polypeptide with a candidate molecule and monitoring a biological activity mediated by said IL-22 polypeptide.
  • the IL-22 polypeptide is a native IL-22 polypeptide.
  • the invention concerns a composition of matter comprising an IL-22 polypeptide, or an agonist or antagonist of an IL-22 polypeptide as herein described, or an anti-IL-22 antibody, in combination with a carrier.
  • the carrier is a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to the use of an IL-22 polypeptide, or an agonist or antagonist thereof” as hereinbefore described, or an anti-IL-22 antibody, for the preparation of a medicament useful in the treatment of a condition which is responsive to the IL-22 polypeptide, an agonist or antagonist thereof or an anti-IL-22 antibody.
  • the invention provides vectors comprising DNA encoding any of the herein described polypeptides.
  • Host cell comprising any such vector are also provided.
  • the host cells may be CHO cells, E. coli , or yeast.
  • a process for producing any of the herein described polypeptides is further provided and comprises culturing host cells under conditions suitable for expression of the desired polypeptide and recovering the desired polypeptide from the cell culture.
  • the invention provides chimeric molecules comprising any of the herein described polypeptides fused to a heterologous polypeptide or amino acid sequence.
  • Example of such chimeric molecules comprise any of the herein described polypeptides fused to an epitope tag sequence or a Fc region of an immunoglobulin.
  • the invention provides an antibody which binds, preferably specifically, to any of the above or below described polypeptides.
  • the antibody is a monoclonal antibody, humanized antibody, antibody fragment or single-chain antibody.
  • the invention provides oligonucleotide probes which may be useful for isolating genomic and cDNA nucleotide sequences, measuring or detecting expression of an associated gene or as antisense probes, wherein those probes may be derived from any of the above or below described nucleotide sequences. Preferred probe lengths are described above.
  • the invention provides for methods of detecting, diagnosing and treating pancreatic disorders by contacting biological samples suspected of pancreatic disorders.
  • Detection and diagnosis of a pancreatic disorder in the biological sample may include determining level of IL-22 expression, effects of IL-22 expression on PAP1, or probing the biological sample with IL-22.
  • Treatment may include contacting the biological sample with antagonists to IL-22, reduction of IL-22 expression or inhibition of IL-22 binding to a receptor.
  • FIG. 1 shows a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:1) of a native sequence IL-22 cDNA, wherein SEQ ID NO:1 is a clone designated herein as “DNA125185-2806”.
  • FIG. 2 shows the amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:2) derived from the coding sequence of SEQ ID NO:1 shown in FIG. 1 .
  • FIG. 3 shows Northern Blots probed with an interleukin-22 receptor probe.
  • FIG. 4 shows the expression of interleukin-22 receptor RNA from various human tissues as analyzed by TaqmanTM analysis.
  • FIG. 5 shows STAT activation in a pancreatic acinar cell line stimulated with IL-22.
  • FIG. 6A shows the upregulation of Pancreatitis Associated Protein (PAP1) RNA in a pancreatic acinar cell line stimulated with IL-22 as analyzed by Northern Blot.
  • PAP1 Pancreatitis Associated Protein
  • FIG. 6B shows the upregulation of PAP1 and Osteopontin RNA in isolated primary pancreatic acinar cells stimulated with IL-22 as analyzed by Northern Blot.
  • FIG. 7 shows the upregulation of PAP1 in pancreas in vivo using mice injected with IL-22 and followed by Northern Blot analysis.
  • FIG. 8 shows the levels of interleukin-6 (IL-6) production in wild type and IL-10 receptor beta (IL-10R ⁇ ) deficient mice.
  • FIG. 9 shows that PAP1 expression is not upregulated in pancreas in vivo in IL-10R ⁇ deficient mice treated with IL-22 as analyzed by Northern Blot.
  • FIG. 10 shows the amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:3) of the IL-10R ⁇ polypeptide.
  • FIG. 11 shows the amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:4) of the IL-22R polypeptide.
  • IL-22 polypeptide and “IL-22” as used herein refers to specific polypeptide sequences as described herein.
  • the IL-22 polypeptides described herein may be isolated from a variety of sources, such as from human tissue types or from another source, or prepared by recombinant or synthetic methods. For example, descriptions of the preparation of, purification of, derivation of, formation of antibodies to or against, administration of, compositions containing, treatment of a disease with, etc., pertain to each polypeptide of the invention individually.
  • the term “IL-22 polypeptide” also includes variants of the IL-22 polypeptides disclosed herein.
  • a “native sequence IL-22 polypeptide” comprises a polypeptide having the same amino acid sequence as the corresponding IL-22 polypeptide derived from nature. Such native sequence IL-22 polypeptides can be isolated from nature or can be produced by recombinant or synthetic means.
  • the term “native sequence IL-22 polypeptide” specifically encompasses naturally-occurring truncated or secreted forms of the specific IL-22 polypeptide, naturally-occurring variant forms (e.g., alternatively spliced forms) and naturally-occurring allelic variants of the polypeptide.
  • the native sequence IL-22 polypeptide comprising amino acids 1 to 179 of FIG.
  • SEQ ID NO: 2 are mature or full-length native sequence polypeptides comprising the full-length amino acids sequences. Start and stop codons are shown in bold font and underlined in FIG. 1 (SEQ ID NO: 1). However, while the IL-22 polypeptide disclosed in FIG. 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2) is shown to begin with methionine residues designated herein as amino acid position 1 in FIG. 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2), it is conceivable and possible that other methionine residues located either upstream or downstream from the amino acid position 1 in FIG. 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2) may be employed as the starting amino acid residue for the IL-22 polypeptides.
  • cleavage of a signal sequence from a secreted polypeptide is not entirely uniform, resulting in more than one secreted species.
  • These mature polypeptides, where the signal peptide is cleaved within no more than about 5 amino acids on either side of the C-terminal boundary of the signal peptide as identified herein, and the polynucleotides encoding them, are contemplated by the present invention.
  • IL-22 polypeptide variant means an active IL-22 polypeptide as defined above or below having at least about 80% amino acid sequence identity with a full-length native sequence IL-22 polypeptide sequence as disclosed herein, an IL-22 polypeptide sequence lacking the signal peptide as disclosed herein, or any other fragment of a full-length IL-22 polypeptide sequence as disclosed herein.
  • Such IL-22 polypeptide variants include, for instance, IL-22 polypeptides wherein one or more amino acid residues are added, or deleted, at the N- or C-terminus of the full-length native amino acid sequence.
  • an IL-22 polypeptide variant will have at least about 80% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 81% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 82% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 83% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 84% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 85% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 86% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 87% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 88% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 89% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 90% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 91% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 92% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 93% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 94% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 95% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 96% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 97% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 98% amino acid sequence identity and alternatively at least about 99% amino acid sequence identity with (a) amino acid sequence identity
  • IL-22 variant polypeptides are at least about 10 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 20 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 30 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 40 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 50 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 60 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 70 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 80 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 90 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 100 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 150 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 200 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 300 amino acids in length, or more.
  • Percent (%) amino acid sequence identity with respect to the IL-22 polypeptide sequences identified herein is defined as the percentage of amino acid residues in a candidate sequence that are identical with the amino acid residues in the specific IL-22 polypeptide sequence, after aligning the sequences and introducing gaps, if necessary, to achieve the maximum percent sequence identity, and not considering any conservative substitutions as part of the sequence identity. Alignment for purposes of determining percent amino acid sequence identity can be achieved in various ways that are within the skill in the art, for instance, using publicly available computer software such as BLAST, BLAST-2, ALIGN or Megalign (DNASTAR) software. Those skilled in the art can determine appropriate parameters for measuring alignment, including any algorithms needed to achieve maximal alignment over the full length of the sequences being compared.
  • % amino acid sequence identity values are generated using the sequence comparison computer program ALIGN-2, wherein the complete source code for the ALIGN-2 program is provided in Table 1 below.
  • the ALIGN-2 sequence comparison computer program was authored by Genentech, Inc. and the source code shown in Table 1 below has been filed with user documentation in the U.S. Copyright Office, Washington D.C., 20559, where it is registered under U.S. Copyright Registration No. TXU510087.
  • the ALIGN-2 program is publicly available through Genentech, Inc., South San Francisco, Calif. or may be compiled from the source code provided in Table 1 below.
  • the ALIGN-2 program should be compiled for use on a UNIX operating system, preferably digital UNIX V4.0D. All sequence comparison parameters are set by the ALIGN-2 program and do not vary.
  • % amino acid sequence identity of a given amino acid sequence A to, with, or against a given amino acid sequence B is calculated as follows:
  • Tables 2 and 3 demonstrate how to calculate the % amino acid sequence identity of the amino acid sequence designated “Comparison Protein” to the amino acid sequence designated “IL-22”, wherein “IL-22” represents the amino acid sequence of a hypothetical IL-22 polypeptide of interest, “Comparison Protein” represents the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide against which the “IL-22” polypeptide of interest is being compared, and “X, “Y” and “Z” each represent different hypothetical amino acid residues.
  • a % amino acid sequence identity value is determined by dividing (a) the number of matching identical amino acid residues between the amino acid sequence of the IL-22 polypeptide of interest having a sequence derived from the native IL-22 polypeptide and the comparison amino acid sequence of interest (i.e., the sequence against which the IL-22 polypeptide of interest is being compared which may be an IL-22 variant polypeptide) as determined by WU-BLAST-2 by (b) the total number of amino acid residues of the IL-22 polypeptide of interest.
  • amino acid sequence A is the comparison amino acid sequence of interest and the amino acid sequence B is the amino acid sequence of the IL-22 polypeptide of interest.
  • Percent amino acid sequence identity may also be determined using the sequence comparison program NCBI-BLAST2 (Altschul et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 25:3389-3402 (1997)).
  • NCBI-BLAST2 sequence comparison program may be obtained from the National Institute of Health, Bethesda, Md.
  • % amino acid sequence identity of a given amino acid sequence A to, with, or against a given amino acid sequence B is calculated as follows:
  • IL-22 variant polynucleotide or “IL-22 variant nucleic acid sequence” means a nucleic acid molecule which encodes an active IL-22 polypeptide as defined below and which has at least about 80% nucleic acid sequence identity with a nucleotide acid sequence encoding a full-length native sequence IL-22 polypeptide sequence as disclosed herein, a full-length native sequence IL-22 polypeptide sequence lacking the signal peptide as disclosed herein, or any other fragment of a full-length IL-22 polypeptide sequence as disclosed herein.
  • an IL-22 variant polynucleotide will have at least about 80% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 81% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 82% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 83% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 84% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 85% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 86% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 87% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 88% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 89% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 90% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 91% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 92% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 93% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 94% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 95% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 96% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively
  • IL-22 variant polynucleotides are at least about 30 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 60 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 90 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 120 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 150 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 180 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 210 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 240 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 270 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 300 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 450 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 600 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 900 nucleotides in length, or more.
  • Percent (%) nucleic acid sequence identity with respect to IL-22-encoding nucleic acid sequences identified herein is defined as the percentage of nucleotides in a candidate sequence that are identical with the nucleotides in the IL-22 nucleic acid sequence of interest, after aligning the sequences and introducing gaps, if necessary, to achieve the maximum percent sequence identity. Alignment for purposes of determining percent nucleic acid sequence identity can be achieved in various ways that are within the skill in the art, for instance, using publicly available computer software such as BLAST, BLAST-2, ALIGN or Megalign (DNASTAR) software.
  • % nucleic acid sequence identity values are generated using the sequence comparison computer program ALIGN-2, wherein the complete source code for the ALIGN-2 program is provided in Table 1 below.
  • the ALIGN-2 sequence comparison computer program was authored by Genentech, Inc. and the source code shown in Table 1 below has been filed with user documentation in the U.S. Copyright Office, Washington D.C., 20559, where it is registered under U.S. Copyright Registration No. TXU510087.
  • the ALIGN-2 program is publicly available through Genentech, Inc., South San Francisco, Calif. or may be compiled from the source code provided in Table 1 below.
  • the ALIGN-2 program should be compiled for use on a UNIX operating system, preferably digital UNIX V4.0D. All sequence comparison parameters are set by the ALIGN-2 program and do not vary.
  • the % nucleic acid sequence identity of a given nucleic acid sequence C to, with, or against a given nucleic acid sequence D is calculated as follows:
  • Tables 4 and 5 demonstrate how to calculate the % nucleic acid sequence identity of the nucleic acid sequence designated “Comparison DNA” to the nucleic acid sequence designated “IL-22-DNA”, wherein “IL-22-DNA” represents a hypothetical IL-22-encoding nucleic acid sequence of interest, “Comparison DNA” represents the nucleotide sequence of a nucleic acid molecule against which the “IL-22-DNA” nucleic acid molecule of interest is being compared, and “N”, “L” and “V” each represent different hypothetical nucleotides.
  • a % nucleic acid sequence identity value is determined by dividing (a) the number of matching identical nucleotides between the nucleic acid sequence of the IL-22 polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecule of interest having a sequence derived from the native sequence IL-22 polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid and the comparison nucleic acid molecule of interest (i.e., the sequence against which the IL-22 polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecule of interest is being compared which may be a variant IL-22 polynucleotide) as determined by WU-BLAST-2 by (b) the total number of nucleotides of the IL-22 polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecule of interest.
  • nucleic acid sequence A is the comparison nucleic acid molecule of interest and the nucleic acid sequence B is the nucleic acid sequence of the IL-22 polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecule of interest.
  • Percent nucleic acid sequence identity may also be determined using the sequence comparison program NCBI-BLAST2 (Altschul et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 25:3389-3402 (1997)).
  • NCBI-BLAST2 sequence comparison program may be obtained from the National Institute of Health, Bethesda, Md.
  • % nucleic acid sequence identity of a given nucleic acid sequence C to, with, or against a given nucleic acid sequence D is calculated as follows:
  • IL-22 variant polynucleotides are nucleic acid molecules that encode an active IL-22 polypeptide and which are capable of hybridizing, preferably under stringent hybridization and wash conditions, to nucleotide sequences encoding a full-length IL-22 polypeptide as disclosed herein.
  • IL-22 variant polypeptides may be those that are encoded by an IL-22 variant polynucleotide.
  • Isolated when used to describe the various polypeptides disclosed herein, means polypeptide that has been identified and separated and/or recovered from a component of its natural environment. Contaminant components of its natural environment are materials that would typically interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the polypeptide, and may include enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or non-proteinaceous solutes.
  • the polypeptide will be purified (1) to a degree sufficient to obtain at least 15 residues of N-terminal or internal amino acid sequence by use of a spinning cup sequenator, or (2) to homogeneity by SDS-PAGE under non-reducing or reducing conditions using Coomassie blue or, preferably, silver stain.
  • Isolated polypeptide includes polypeptide in situ within recombinant cells, since at least one component of the IL-22 polypeptide natural environment will not be present. Ordinarily, however, isolated polypeptide will be prepared by at least one purification step.
  • An “isolated” IL-22 polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid or other polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid is a nucleic acid molecule that is identified and separated from at least one contaminant nucleic acid molecule with which it is ordinarily associated in the natural source of the polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid.
  • An isolated polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecule is other than in the form or setting in which it is found in nature. Isolated polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecules therefore are distinguished from the specific polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecule as it exists in natural cells.
  • an isolated polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecule includes polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecules contained in cells that ordinarily express the polypeptide where, for example, the nucleic acid molecule is in a chromosomal location different from that of natural cells.
  • control sequences refers to DNA sequences necessary for the expression of an operably linked coding sequence in a particular host organism.
  • the control sequences that are suitable for prokaryotes include a promoter, optionally an operator sequence, and a ribosome binding site.
  • Eukaryotic cells are known to utilize promoters, polyadenylation signals, and enhancers.
  • Nucleic acid is “operably linked” when it is placed into a functional relationship with another nucleic acid sequence.
  • DNA for a presequence or secretory leader is operably linked to DNA for a polypeptide if it is expressed as a preprotein that participates in the secretion of the polypeptide;
  • a promoter or enhancer is operably linked to a coding sequence if it affects the transcription of the sequence; or
  • a ribosome binding site is operably linked to a coding sequence if it is positioned so as to facilitate translation.
  • “operably linked” means that the DNA sequences being linked are contiguous, and, in the case of a secretory leader, contiguous and in reading phase. However, enhancers do not have to be contiguous. Linking is accomplished by ligation at convenient restriction sites. If such sites do not exist, the synthetic oligonucleotide adaptors or linkers are used in accordance with conventional practice.
  • antibody is used in the broadest sense and specifically covers, for example, single anti-IL-22 monoclonal antibodies (including agonist, antagonist, and neutralizing antibodies), anti-IL-22 antibody compositions with polyepitopic specificity, single chain anti-IL-22 antibodies, and fragments of anti-IL-22 antibodies (see below).
  • monoclonal antibody refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally-occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts.
  • “Stringency” of hybridization reactions is readily determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art, and generally is an empirical calculation dependent upon probe length, washing temperature, and salt concentration. In general, longer probes require higher temperatures for proper annealing, while shorter probes need lower temperatures. Hybridization generally depends on the ability of denatured DNA to reanneal when complementary strands are present in an environment below their melting temperature. The higher the degree of desired homology between the probe and hybridizable sequence, the higher the relative temperature which can be used. As a result, it follows that higher relative temperatures would tend to make the reaction conditions more stringent, while lower temperatures less so. For additional details and explanation of stringency of hybridization reactions, see Ausubel et al., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology , Wiley Interscience Publishers, (1995).
  • “Stringent conditions” or “high stringency conditions”, as defined herein, may be identified by those that: (1) employ low ionic strength and high temperature for washing, for example 0.015 M sodium chloride/0.0015 M sodium citrate/0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate at 50° C.; (2) employ during hybridization a denaturing agent, such as formamide, for example, 50% (v/v) formamide with 0.1% bovine serum albumin/0.1% Ficoll/0.1% polyvinylpyrrolidone/50 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 6.5 with 750 mM sodium chloride, 75 mM sodium citrate at 42° C.; or (3) employ 50% formamide, 5 ⁇ SSC (0.75 M NaCl, 0.075 M sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 6.8), 0.1% sodium pyrophosphate, 5 ⁇ Denhardt's solution, sonicated salmon sperm DNA (50 ⁇ g/ml), 0.1% SDS, and 10% dextran
  • Modely stringent conditions may be identified as described by Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual , New York: Cold Spring Harbor Press, 1989, and include the use of washing solution and hybridization conditions (e.g., temperature, ionic strength and % SDS) less stringent that those described above.
  • washing solution and hybridization conditions e.g., temperature, ionic strength and % SDS
  • An example of moderately stringent conditions is overnight incubation at 37° C.
  • epitope tagged when used herein refers to a chimeric polypeptide comprising an IL-22 polypeptide fused to a “tag polypeptide”.
  • the tag polypeptide has enough residues to provide an epitope against which an antibody can be made, yet is short enough such that it does not interfere with activity of the polypeptide to which it is fused.
  • the tag polypeptide preferably also is fairly unique so that the antibody does not substantially cross-react with other epitopes.
  • Suitable tag polypeptides generally have at least six amino acid residues and usually between about 8 and 50 amino acid residues (preferably, between about 10 and 20 amino acid residues).
  • immunoadhesin designates antibody-like molecules which combine the binding specificity of a heterologous protein (an “adhesin”) with the effector functions of immunoglobulin constant domains.
  • the immunoadhesins comprise a fusion of an amino acid sequence with the desired binding specificity which is other than the antigen recognition and binding site of an antibody (i.e., is “heterologous”), and an immunoglobulin constant domain sequence.
  • the adhesin part of an immunoadhesin molecule typically is a contiguous amino acid sequence comprising at least the binding site of a receptor or a ligand.
  • the immunoglobulin constant domain sequence in the immunoadhesin may be obtained from any immunoglobulin, such as IgG-1, IgG-2, IgG-3, or IgG-4 subtypes, IgA (including IgA-1 and IgA-2), IgE, IgD or IgM.
  • immunoglobulin such as IgG-1, IgG-2, IgG-3, or IgG-4 subtypes, IgA (including IgA-1 and IgA-2), IgE, IgD or IgM.
  • Activity refers to form(s) of an IL-22 polypeptide which retain a biological and/or an immunological activity of native or naturally-occurring IL-22, wherein “biological” activity refers to a biological function (either inhibitory or stimulatory) caused by a native or naturally-occurring IL-22 other than the ability to induce the production of an antibody against an antigenic epitope possessed by a native or naturally-occurring IL-22 and an “immunological” activity refers to the ability to induce the production of an antibody against an antigenic epitope possessed by a native or naturally-occurring IL-22.
  • a preferred biological activity is induction of PAP1 expression.
  • PAP1 is a secreted protein related to the REG family of trophic factors and was initially characterized as a protein with elevated expression in pancreatitis (Iovanna et al., (1991) J Biol Chem., 266, 24664-24669). In vivo injection of IL-22 resulted in rapid induction of PAP1 expression in pancreas.
  • antagonist is used in the broadest sense, and includes any molecule that partially or fully blocks, inhibits, or neutralizes a biological activity of a native IL-22 polypeptide disclosed herein.
  • agonist is used in the broadest sense and includes any molecule that mimics a biological activity of a native IL-22 polypeptide disclosed herein.
  • Suitable agonist or antagonist molecules specifically include agonist or antagonist antibodies or antibody fragments, fragments or amino acid sequence variants of native IL-22 polypeptides, peptides, antisense oligonucleotides, small organic molecules, etc.
  • Methods for identifying agonists or antagonists of an IL-22 polypeptide may comprise contacting an IL-22 polypeptide with a candidate agonist or antagonist molecule and measuring a detectable change in one or more biological activities normally associated with the IL-22 polypeptide.
  • Treatment refers to both therapeutic treatment and prophylactic or preventative measures, wherein the object is to prevent or slow down (lessen) the targeted pathologic condition or disorder.
  • Those in need of treatment include those already with the disorder as well as those prone to have the disorder or those in whom the disorder is to be prevented.
  • Chronic administration refers to administration of the agent(s) in a continuous mode as opposed to an acute mode, so as to maintain the initial therapeutic effect (activity) for an extended period of time.
  • Intermittent administration is treatment that is not consecutively done without interruption, but rather is cyclic in nature.
  • “Mammal” for purposes of treatment refers to any animal classified as a mammal, including humans, domestic and farm animals, and zoo, sports, or pet animals, such as dogs, cats, cattle, horses, sheep, pigs, goats, rabbits, etc. Preferably, the mammal is human.
  • Administration “in combination with” one or more further therapeutic agents includes simultaneous (concurrent) and consecutive administration in any order.
  • Carriers as used herein include pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers which are nontoxic to the cell or mammal being exposed thereto at the dosages and concentrations employed. Often the physiologically acceptable carrier is an aqueous pH buffered solution.
  • physiologically acceptable carriers include buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid; low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptide; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, arginine or lysinc; monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugar alcohols such as mannitol or sorbitol; salt-forming counterions such as sodium; and/or nonionic surfactants such as TWEENTM, polyethylene glycol (PEG), and PLURONICSTM.
  • buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids
  • antioxidants including ascorbic acid
  • proteins such as serum albumin
  • Antibody fragments comprise a portion of an intact antibody, preferably the antigen binding or variable region of the intact antibody.
  • antibody fragments include Fab, Fab′, F(ab′), and Fv fragments; diabodies; linear antibodies (Zapata et al., Protein Eng. 8(10): 1057-1062 [1995]); single-chain antibody molecules; and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments.
  • Papain digestion of antibodies produces two identical antigen-binding fragments, called “Fab” fragments, each with a single antigen-binding site, and a residual “Fc” fragment, a designation reflecting the ability to crystallize readily.
  • Pepsin treatment yields an F(ab′) fragment that has two antigen-combining sites and is still capable of cross-linking antigen.
  • “Fv” is the minimum antibody fragment which contains a complete antigen-recognition and -binding site. This region consists of a dimer of one heavy- and one light-chain variable domain in tight, non-covalent association. It is in this configuration that the three CDRs of each variable domain interact to define an antigen-binding site on the surface of the V H V L dimer. Collectively, the six CDRs confer antigen-binding specificity to the antibody. However, even a single variable domain (or half of an Fv comprising only three CDRs specific for an antigen) has the ability to recognize and bind antigen, although at a lower affinity than the entire binding site.
  • the Fab fragment also contains the constant domain of the light chain and the first constant domain (CH1) of the heavy chain.
  • Fab fragments differ from Fab′ fragments by the addition of a few residues at the carboxy terminus of the heavy chain CH1 domain including one or more cysteines from the antibody hinge region.
  • Fab′-SH is the designation herein for Fab′ in which the cysteine residue(s) of the constant domains bear a free thiol group.
  • F(ab′) 2 antibody fragments originally were produced as pairs of Fab′ fragments which have hinge cysteines between them. Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known.
  • the “light chains” of antibodies (immunoglobulins) from any vertebrate species can be assigned to one of two clearly distinct types, called kappa and lambda, based on the amino acid sequences of their constant domains.
  • immunoglobulins can be assigned to different classes. There are five major classes of immunoglobulins: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, and several of these may be further divided into subclasses (isotypes), e.g., IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, and IgA2.
  • Single-chain Fv or “sFv” antibody fragments comprise the V H and V L domains of antibody, wherein these domains are present in a single polypeptide chain.
  • the Fv polypeptide further comprises a polypeptide linker between the V H and V L domains which enables the sFv to form the desired structure for antigen binding.
  • diabodies refers to small antibody fragments with two antigen-binding sites, which fragments comprise a heavy-chain variable domain (V H ) connected to a light-chain variable domain (V L ) in the same polypeptide chain (V H V L ).
  • V H heavy-chain variable domain
  • V L light-chain variable domain
  • the domains are forced to pair with the complementary domains of another chain and create two antigen-binding sites.
  • Diabodies are described more fully in, for example, EP 404,097; WO 93/11161; and Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:6444-6448 (1993).
  • an “isolated” antibody is one which has been identified and separated and/or recovered from a component of its natural environment. Contaminant components of its natural environment are materials which would interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the antibody, and may include enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or nonproteinaceous solutes.
  • the antibody will be purified (1) to greater than 95% by weight of antibody as determined by the Lowry method, and most preferably more than 99% by weight, (2) to a degree sufficient to obtain at least 15 residues of N-terminal or internal amino acid sequence by use of a spinning cup sequenator, or (3) to homogeneity by SDS-PAGE under reducing or nonreducing conditions using Coomassie blue or, preferably, silver stain.
  • Isolated antibody includes the antibody in situ within recombinant cells since at least one component of the antibody's natural environment will not be present. Ordinarily, however, isolated antibody will be prepared by at least one purification step.
  • An antibody that “specifically binds to” or is “specific for” a particular polypeptide or an epitope on a particular polypeptide is one that binds to that particular polypeptide or epitope on a particular polypeptide without substantially binding to any other polypeptide or polypeptide epitope.
  • label when used herein refers to a detectable compound or composition which is conjugated directly or indirectly to the antibody so as to generate a “labeled” antibody.
  • the label may be detectable by itself (e.g. radioisotope labels or fluorescent labels) or, in the case of an enzymatic label, may catalyze chemical alteration of a substrate compound or composition which is detectable.
  • solid phase is meant a non-aqueous matrix to which the antibody of the present invention can adhere.
  • solid phases encompassed herein include those formed partially or entirely of glass (e.g., controlled pore glass), polysaccharides (e.g., agarose), polyacrylamides, polystyrene, polyvinyl alcohol and silicones.
  • the solid phase can comprise the well of an assay plate; in others it is a purification column (e.g., an affinity chromatography column). This term also includes a discontinuous solid phase of discrete particles, such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,275,149.
  • a “liposome” is a small vesicle composed of various types of lipids, phospholipids and/or surfactant which is useful for delivery of a drug (such as an IL-22 polypeptide or antibody thereto) to a mammal.
  • a drug such as an IL-22 polypeptide or antibody thereto
  • the components of the liposome are commonly arranged in a bilayer formation, similar to the lipid arrangement of biological membranes.
  • a “small molecule” is defined herein to have a molecular weight below about 500 Daltons.
  • an “effective amount” of a polypeptide disclosed herein or an agonist or antagonist thereof is an amount sufficient to carry out a specifically stated purpose.
  • An “effective amount” may be determined empirically and in a routine manner, in relation to the stated purpose.
  • an “activated pancreas” as defined herein is when the digestive enzymes of the pancreas are activated and begin to attack pancreatic tissue.
  • a “bioactive molecule” is defined herein as a toxin, a radiolabel or an antibody.
  • the present invention provides newly identified and isolated nucleotide sequences encoding polypeptides referred to in the present application as IL-22 polypeptides.
  • cDNAs encoding various IL-22 polypeptides have been identified and isolated, as disclosed in further detail in the Examples below. It is noted that proteins produced in separate expression rounds may be given different IL-22 numbers but the UNQ number is unique for any given DNA and the encoded protein, and will not be changed.
  • the protein encoded by the full length native nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein as well as all further native homologues and variants included in the foregoing definition of IL-22 will be referred to as “IL-22”, regardless of their origin or mode of preparation.
  • IL-22 variants can be prepared. IL-22 variants can be prepared by introducing appropriate nucleotide changes into the IL-22 DNA, and/or by synthesis of the desired IL-22 polypeptide. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that amino acid changes may alter post-translational processes of the IL-22, such as changing the number or position of glycosylation sites or altering the membrane anchoring characteristics.
  • Variations in the native full-length sequence IL-22 or in various domains of the IL-22 described herein can be made, for example, using any of the techniques and guidelines for conservative and non-conservative mutations set forth, for instance, in U.S. Pat. No. 5,364,934.
  • Variations may be a substitution, deletion or insertion of one or more codons encoding the IL-22 that results in a change in the amino acid sequence of the IL-22 as compared with the native sequence IL-22.
  • the variation is by substitution of at least one amino acid with any other amino acid in one or more of the domains of the IL-22.
  • Guidance in determining which amino acid residue may be inserted, substituted or deleted without adversely affecting the desired activity may be found by comparing the sequence of the IL-22 with that of homologous known protein molecules and minimizing the number of amino acid sequence changes made in regions of high homology.
  • Amino acid substitutions can be the result of replacing one amino acid with another amino acid having similar structural and/or chemical properties, such as the replacement of a leucine with a serine, i.e., conservative amino acid replacements.
  • Insertions or deletions may optionally be in the range of about 1 to 5 amino acids. The variation allowed may be determined by systematically making insertions, deletions or substitutions of amino acids in the sequence and testing the resulting variants for activity exhibited by the full-length or mature native sequence.
  • IL-22 polypeptide fragments are provided herein. Such fragments may be truncated at the N-terminus or C-terminus, or may lack internal residues, for example, when compared with a full length native protein. Certain fragments lack amino acid residues that are not essential for a desired biological activity of the IL-22 polypeptide.
  • IL-22 fragments may be prepared by any of a number of conventional techniques. Desired peptide fragments may be chemically synthesized.
  • An alternative approach involves generating IL-22 fragments by enzymatic digestion, e.g., by treating the protein with an enzyme known to cleave proteins at sites defined by particular amino acid residues, or by digesting the DNA with suitable restriction enzymes and isolating the desired fragment.
  • Yet another suitable technique involves isolating and amplifying a DNA fragment encoding a desired polypeptide fragment, by polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Oligonucleotides that define the desired termini of the DNA fragment are employed at the 5′ and 3′ primers in the PCR.
  • IL-22 polypeptide fragments share at least one biological and/or immunological activity with the native IL-22 polypeptide disclosed herein.
  • conservative substitutions of interest are shown in Table 6 under the heading of preferred substitutions. If such substitutions result in a change in biological activity, then more substantial changes, denominated exemplary substitutions in Table 6, or as further described below in reference to amino acid classes, are introduced and the products screened.
  • Substantial modifications in function or immunological identity of the IL-22 polypeptide are accomplished by selecting substitutions that differ significantly in their effect on maintaining (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a sheet or helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site, or (c) the bulk of the side chain.
  • Naturally occurring residues are divided into groups based on common side-chain properties:
  • hydrophobic norleucine, met, ala, val, leu, ile
  • neutral hydrophilic cys, ser, thr
  • acidic asp, glu
  • basic asn, gln, his, lys, arg
  • residues that influence chain orientation gly, pro
  • aromatic trp, tyr, phe.
  • Non-conservative substitutions will entail exchanging a member of one of these classes for another class. Such substituted residues also may be introduced into the conservative substitution sites or, more preferably, into the remaining (non-conserved) sites.
  • the variations can be made using methods known in the art such as oligonucleotide-mediated (site-directed) mutagenesis, alanine scanning, and PCR mutagenesis.
  • Site-directed mutagenesis [Carter et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 13:4331 (1986); Zoller et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 10:6487 (1987)]
  • cassette mutagenesis [Wells et al., Gene, 34:315 (1985)]
  • restriction selection mutagenesis [Wells et al., Philos. Trans. R. Soc. London SerA, 317:415 (1986)] or other known techniques can be performed on the cloned DNA to produce the IL-22 variant DNA.
  • Scanning amino acid analysis can also be employed to identify one or more amino acids along a contiguous sequence.
  • preferred scanning amino acids are relatively small, neutral amino acids.
  • amino acids include alanine, glycine, serine, and cysteine.
  • Alanine is typically a preferred scanning amino acid among this group because it eliminates the side-chain beyond the beta-carbon and is less likely to alter the main-chain conformation of the variant [Cunningham and Wells, Science, 244: 1081-1085 (1989)].
  • Alanine is also typically preferred because it is the most common amino acid. Further, it is frequently found in both buried and exposed positions [Creighton, The Proteins , (W.H. Freeman & Co., N.Y.); Chothia, J. Mol. Biol., 150:1 (1976)]. If alanine substitution does not yield adequate amounts of variant, an isoteric amino acid can be used.
  • Covalent modifications of IL-22 are included within the scope of this invention.
  • One type of covalent modification includes reacting targeted amino acid residues of an IL-22 polypeptide with an organic derivatizing agent that is capable of reacting with selected side chains or the N- or C-terminal residues of the IL-22.
  • Derivatization with bifunctional agents is useful, for instance, for crosslinking IL-22 to a water-insoluble support matrix or surface for use in the method for purifying anti-IL-22 antibodies, and vice-versa.
  • crosslinking agents include, e.g., 1,1-bis(diazoacetyl)-2-phenylethane, glutaraldehyde, N-hydroxysuccinimide esters, for example, esters with 4-azidosalicylic acid, homobifunctional imidoesters, including disuccinimidyl esters such as 3,3′-dithiobis(succinimidylpropionate), bifunctional maleimides such as bis-N-maleimido-1,8-octane and agents such as methyl-3-[(p-azidophenyl)dithio]propioimidate.
  • 1,1-bis(diazoacetyl)-2-phenylethane glutaraldehyde
  • N-hydroxysuccinimide esters for example, esters with 4-azidosalicylic acid
  • homobifunctional imidoesters including disuccinimidyl esters such as 3,3′-dithiobis(s
  • Another type of covalent modification of the IL-22 polypeptide included within the scope of this invention comprises altering the native glycosylation pattern of the polypeptide.
  • “Altering the native glycosylation pattern” is intended for purposes herein to mean deleting one or more carbohydrate moieties found in native sequence IL-22 (either by removing the underlying glycosylation site or by deleting the glycosylation by chemical and/or enzymatic means), and/or adding one or more glycosylation sites that are not present in the native sequence IL-22.
  • the phrase includes qualitative changes in the glycosylation of the native proteins, involving a change in the nature and proportions of the various carbohydrate moieties present.
  • Addition of glycosylation sites to the IL-22 polypeptide may be accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence.
  • the alteration may be made, for example, by the addition of, or substitution by, one or more serine or threonine residues to the native sequence IL-22 (for O-linked glycosylation sites).
  • the IL-22 amino acid sequence may optionally be altered through changes at the DNA level, particularly by mutating the DNA encoding the IL-22 polypeptide at preselected bases such that codons are generated that will translate into the desired amino acids.
  • Another means of increasing the number of carbohydrate moieties on the IL-22 polypeptide is by chemical or enzymatic coupling of glycosides to the polypeptide. Such methods are described in the art, e.g., in WO 87/05330 published 11 Sep. 1987, and in Aplin and Wriston, CRC Crit. Rev. Biochem., pp. 259-306 (1981).
  • Removal of carbohydrate moieties present on the IL-22 polypeptide may be accomplished chemically or enzymatically or by mutational substitution of codons encoding for amino acid residues that serve as targets for glycosylation.
  • Chemical deglycosylation techniques are known in the art and described, for instance, by Hakimuddin, et al., Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 259:52 (1987) and by Edge et al., Anal. Biochem., 118:131 (1981).
  • Enzymatic cleavage of carbohydrate moieties on polypeptides can be achieved by the use of a variety of endo- and exo-glycosidases as described by Thotakura et al., Meth. Enzymol., 138:350 (1987).
  • Another type of covalent modification of IL-22 comprises linking the IL-22 polypeptide to one of a variety of nonproteinaceous polymers, e.g., polyethylene glycol (PEG), polypropylene glycol, or polyoxyalkylenes, in the manner set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 4,640,835; 4,496,689; 4,301,144; 4,670,417; 4,791,192 or 4,179,337.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • polypropylene glycol polypropylene glycol
  • polyoxyalkylenes polyoxyalkylenes
  • the IL-22 of the present invention may also be modified in a way to form a chimeric molecule comprising IL-22 fused to another, heterologous polypeptide or amino acid sequence.
  • such a chimeric molecule comprises a fusion of the IL-22 with a tag polypeptide which provides an epitope to which an anti-tag antibody can selectively bind.
  • the epitope tag is generally placed at the amino- or carboxyl-terminus of the IL-22.
  • the presence of such epitope-tagged forms of the IL-22 can be detected using an antibody against the tag polypeptide.
  • provision of the epitope tag enables the IL-22 to be readily purified by affinity purification using an anti-tag antibody or another type of affinity matrix that binds to the epitope tag.
  • tag polypeptides and their respective antibodies are well known in the art.
  • poly-histidine poly-his
  • poly-histidine-glycine poly-his-glycine tags
  • flu HA tag polypeptide and its antibody 12CA5 [Field et al., Mol. Cell. Biol, 8:2159-2165 (1988)]
  • c-myc tag and the 8F9, 3C7, 6E10, G4, B7 and 9E10 antibodies thereto [Evan et al., Molecular and Cellular Biology, 5:3610-3616 (1985)]
  • Herpes Simplex virus glycoprotein D (gD) tag and its antibody [Paborsky et al., Protein Engineering, 3(6):547-553 (1990)].
  • tag polypeptides include the Flag-peptide [Hopp et al., BioTechnology, 6:1204-1210 (1988)]; the KT3 epitope peptide [Martin et al., Science, 255:192-194 (1992)]; an ⁇ -tubulin epitope peptide [Skinner et al., J. Biol. Chem., 266:15163-15166 (1991)]; and the T7 gene 10 protein peptide tag [Lutz-Freyermuth et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 87:6393-6397 (1990)].
  • the chimeric molecule may comprise a fusion of the IL-22 with an immunoglobulin or a particular region of an immunoglobulin.
  • an immunoglobulin also referred to as an “immunoadhesin”
  • a fusion could be to the Fc region of an IgG molecule.
  • the Ig fusions preferably include the substitution of a soluble (transmembrane domain deleted or inactivated) form of an IL-22 polypeptide in place of at least one variable region within an Ig molecule.
  • the immunoglobulin fusion includes the hinge, CH2 and CH3, or the hinge, CH1, CH2 and CH3 regions of an IgG1 molecule.
  • IL-22 by culturing cells transformed or transfected with a vector containing IL-22 nucleic acid. It is, of course, contemplated that alternative methods, which are well known in the art, may be employed to prepare IL-22.
  • the IL-22 sequence, or portions thereof may be produced by direct peptide synthesis using solid-phase techniques [see, e.g., Stewart et al., Solid - Phase Peptide Synthesis , W.H. Freeman Co., San Francisco, Calif. (1969); Merrifield, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 85:2149-2154 (1963)]. In vitro protein synthesis may be performed using manual techniques or by automation.
  • IL-22 may be chemically synthesized separately and combined using chemical or enzymatic methods to produce the full-length IL-22.
  • DNA encoding IL-22 may be obtained from a cDNA library prepared from tissue believed to possess the IL-22 mRNA and to express it at a detectable level. Accordingly, human IL-22 DNA can be conveniently obtained from a cDNA library prepared from human tissue, such as described in the Examples.
  • the IL-22-encoding gene may also be obtained from a genomic library or by known synthetic procedures (e.g., automated nucleic acid synthesis).
  • Probes such as antibodies to the IL-22 or oligonucleotides of at least about 20-80 bases
  • Screening the cDNA or genomic library with the selected probe may be conducted using standard procedures, such as described in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (New York: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1989).
  • An alternative means to isolate the gene encoding IL-22 is to use PCR methodology [Sambrook et al., supra; Dieffenbach et al., PCR Primer: A Laboratory Manual (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1995)].
  • the oligonucleotide sequences selected as probes should be of sufficient length and sufficiently unambiguous that false positives are minimized.
  • the oligonucleotide is preferably labeled such that it can be detected upon hybridization to DNA in the library being screened. Methods of labeling are well known in the art, and include the use of radiolabels like 32 P-labeled ATP, biotinylation or enzyme labeling. Hybridization conditions, including moderate stringency and high stringency, are provided in Sambrook et al., supra.
  • Sequences identified in such library screening methods can be compared and aligned to other known sequences deposited and available in public databases such as GenBank or other private sequence databases. Sequence identity (at either the amino acid or nucleotide level) within defined regions of the molecule or across the full-length sequence can be determined using methods known in the art and as described herein.
  • Nucleic acid having protein coding sequence may be obtained by screening selected cDNA or genomic libraries using the deduced amino acid sequence disclosed herein for the first time, and, if necessary, using conventional primer extension procedures as described in Sambrook et al., supra, to detect precursors and processing intermediates of mRNA that may not have been reverse-transcribed into cDNA.
  • Host cells are transfected or transformed with expression or cloning vectors described herein for IL-22 production and cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for inducing promoters, selecting transformants, or amplifying the genes encoding the desired sequences.
  • the culture conditions such as media, temperature, pH and the like, can be selected by the skilled artisan without undue experimentation. In general, principles, protocols, and practical techniques for maximizing the productivity of cell cultures can be found in Mammalian Cell Biotechnology: a Practical Approach , M. Butler, ed. (IRL Press, 1991) and Sambrook et al., supra.
  • Methods of eukaryotic cell transfection and prokaryotic cell transformation are known to the ordinarily skilled artisan, for example, CaCl 2 , CaPO 4 , liposome-mediated and electroporation. Depending on the host cell used, transformation is performed using standard techniques appropriate to such cells.
  • the calcium treatment employing calcium chloride, as described in Sambrook et al., supra, or electroporation is generally used for prokaryotes.
  • Infection with Agrobacterium tumefaciens is used for transformation of certain plant cells, as described by Shaw et al., Gene, 23:315 (1983) and WO 89/05859 published 29 Jun. 1989.
  • DNA into cells such as by nuclear microinjection, electroporation, bacterial protoplast fusion with intact cells, or polycations, e.g., polybrene, polyornithine, may also be used.
  • polycations e.g., polybrene, polyornithine.
  • Suitable host cells for cloning or expressing the DNA in the vectors herein include prokaryote, yeast, or higher eukaryote cells.
  • Suitable prokaryotes include but are not limited to eubacteria, such as Gram-negative or Gram-positive organisms, for example, Enterobacteriaceae such as E. coli .
  • Various E. coli strains are publicly available, such as E. coli K12 strain MM294 (ATCC 31,446); E. coli X1776 (ATCC 31,537); E. coli strain W3110 (ATCC 27,325) and K5 772 (ATCC 53,635).
  • suitable prokaryotic host cells include Enterobacteriaceae such as Escherichia , e.g., E. coli, Enterobacter, Erwinia, Klebsiella, Proteus, Salmonella , e.g., Salmonella typhimurium, Serratia , e.g., Serratia marcescans , and Shigella , as well as Bacilli such as B. subtilis and B. licheniformis (e.g., B. licheniformis 41P disclosed in DD 266,710 published 12 Apr. 1989), Pseudomonas such as P. aeruginosa , and Streptomyces . These examples are illustrative rather than limiting.
  • Strain W3110 is one particularly preferred host or parent host because it is a common host strain for recombinant DNA product fermentations. Preferably, the host cell secretes minimal amounts of proteolytic enzymes.
  • strain W3110 may be modified to effect a genetic mutation in the genes encoding proteins endogenous to the host, with examples of such hosts including E. coli W3110 strain 1A2, which has the complete genotype tonA; E. coli W3110 strain 9E4, which has the complete genotype tonA ptr3: E.
  • coli W3110 strain 27C7 (ATCC 55,244), which has the complete genotype tonA ptr3 phoA E15 (argF-lac)169 degP ompT kan r ;
  • E. coli W3110 strain 37D6 which has the complete genotype tonA ptr3 phoA E15 (argF-lac)169 degP ompT rbs7 ilvG kan r ;
  • E. coli W3110 strain 40B4 which is strain 37D6 with a non-kanamycin resistant degP deletion mutation; and an E. coli strain having mutant periplasmic protease disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,783 issued 7 Aug. 1990.
  • in vitro methods of cloning e.g., PCR or other nucleic acid polymerase reactions, are suitable.
  • eukaryotic microbes such as filamentous fungi or yeast are suitable cloning or expression hosts for IL-22-encoding vectors.
  • Saccharomyces cerevisiae is a commonly used lower eukaryotic host microorganism.
  • Others include Schizosaccharomyces pombe (Beach and Nurse, Nature, 290: 140 [1981]; EP 139,383 published 2 May 1985); Kluyveromyces hosts (U.S. Pat. No. 4,943,529; Fleer et al., Bio/Technology, 9:968-975 (1991)) such as, e.g., K.
  • lactis (MW98-8C, CBS683, CBS4574; Louvencourt et al., J. Bacteriol., 154(2):737-742 119831).
  • K. fragilis (ATCC 12,424), K. bulgaricus (ATCC 16,045), K. wickeramii (ATCC 24,178), K. waltii (ATCC 56,500), K. drosophilarum (ATCC 36,906; Van den Berg et al., Bio/Technology, 8:135 (1990)), K. thermotolerans , and K. marxianus; yarrowia (EP 402,226); Pichia pastoris (EP 183,070; Sreekrishna et al., J.
  • Methylotropic yeasts are suitable herein and include, but are not limited to, yeast capable of growth on methanol selected from the genera consisting of Hansenula, Candida, Kloeckera, Pichia, Saccharomyces, Torulopsis , and Rhodotorula .
  • yeast capable of growth on methanol selected from the genera consisting of Hansenula, Candida, Kloeckera, Pichia, Saccharomyces, Torulopsis , and Rhodotorula .
  • a list of specific species that are exemplary of this class of yeasts may be found in C. Anthony, The Biochemistry of Methylotrophs, 269 (1982).
  • Suitable host cells for the expression of glycosylated IL-22 are derived from multicellular organisms.
  • invertebrate cells include insect cells such as Drosophila S2 and Spodoptera Sf9, as well as plant cells.
  • useful mammalian host cell lines include Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) and COS cells. More specific examples include monkey kidney CV1 line transformed by SV40 (COS-7, ATCC CRL 1651); human embryonic kidney line (293 or 293 cells subcloned for growth in suspension culture, Graham et al., J. Gen Virol., 36:59 (1977)); Chinese hamster ovary cells/ ⁇ DHFR (CHO, Urlaub and Chasin, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • mice sertoli cells TM4, Mather, Biol. Reprod, 23:243-251 (1980)
  • human lung cells W138, ATCC CCL 75
  • human liver cells Hep G2, HB 8065
  • mouse mammary tumor MMT 060562, ATCC CCL51. The selection of the appropriate host cell is deemed to be within the skill in the art.
  • the nucleic acid (e.g., cDNA or genomic DNA) encoding IL-22 may be inserted into a replicable vector for cloning (amplification of the DNA) or for expression.
  • a replicable vector for cloning (amplification of the DNA) or for expression.
  • the vector may, for example, be in the form of a plasmid, cosmid, viral particle, or phage.
  • the appropriate nucleic acid sequence may be inserted into the vector by a variety of procedures. In general, DNA is inserted into an appropriate restriction endonuclease site(s) using techniques known in the art.
  • Vector components generally include, but are not limited to, one or more of a signal sequence, an origin of replication, one or more marker genes, an enhancer element, a promoter, and a transcription termination sequence. Construction of suitable vectors containing one or more of these components employs standard ligation techniques which are known to the skilled artisan.
  • the IL-22 may be produced recombinantly not only directly, but also as a fusion polypeptide with a heterologous polypeptide, which may be a signal sequence or other polypeptide having a specific cleavage site at the N-terminus of the mature protein or polypeptide.
  • a heterologous polypeptide which may be a signal sequence or other polypeptide having a specific cleavage site at the N-terminus of the mature protein or polypeptide.
  • the signal sequence may be a component of the vector, or it may be a part of the IL-22-encoding DNA that is inserted into the vector.
  • the signal sequence may be a prokaryotic signal sequence selected, for example, from the group of the alkaline phosphatase, penicillinase, lpp, or heat-stable enterotoxin II leaders.
  • the signal sequence may be, e.g., the yeast invertase leader, alpha factor leader (including Saccharomyces and Kluyveromyces ⁇ -factor leaders, the latter described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,010,182), or acid phosphatase leader, the C. albicans glucoamylase leader (EP 362,179 published 4 Apr. 1990), or the signal described in WO 90/13646 published 15 Nov. 1990.
  • mammalian signal sequences may be used to direct secretion of the protein, such as signal sequences from secreted polypeptides of the same or related species, as well as viral secretory leaders.
  • Both expression and cloning vectors contain a nucleic acid sequence that enables the vector to replicate in one or more selected host cells. Such sequences are well known for a variety of bacteria, yeast, and viruses.
  • the origin of replication from the plasmid pBR322 is suitable for most Gram-negative bacteria, the 2 ⁇ plasmid origin is suitable for yeast, and various viral origins (SV40, polyoma, adenovirus, VSV or BPV) are useful for cloning vectors in mammalian cells.
  • Selection genes will typically contain a selection gene, also termed a selectable marker.
  • Typical selection genes encode proteins that (a) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins, e.g., ampicillin, neomycin, methotrexate, or tetracycline, (b) complement auxotrophic deficiencies, or (c) supply critical nutrients not available from complex media, e.g., the gene encoding D-alanine racemase for Bacilli.
  • selectable markers for mammalian cells are those that enable the identification of cells competent to take up the IL-22-encoding nucleic acid, such as DHFR or thymidine kinase.
  • An appropriate host cell when wild-type DHFR is employed is the CHO cell line deficient in DHFR activity, prepared and propagated as described by Urlaub et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:4216 (1980).
  • a suitable selection gene for use in yeast is the trp1 gene present in the yeast plasmid YRp7 [Stinchcomb et al., Nature, 282:39 (1979); Kingsman et al., Gene, 7:141 (1979): Tschemper et al., Gene, 10:157 (1980)].
  • the trp1 gene provides a selection marker for a mutant strain of yeast lacking the ability to grow in tryptophan, for example, ATCC No. 44076 or PEP4-1 [Jones, Genetics, 85:12 (1977)].
  • Expression and cloning vectors usually contain a promoter operably linked to the IL-22-encoding nucleic acid sequence to direct mRNA synthesis. Promoters recognized by a variety of potential host cells are well known. Promoters suitable for use with prokaryotic hosts include the ⁇ -lactamase and lactose promoter systems [Chang et al., Nature, 275:615 (1978); Goeddel et al., Nature, 281:544 (1979)], alkaline phosphatase, a tryptophan (trp) promoter system [Goeddel, Nucleic Acids Res., 8:4057 (1980); EP 36,776], and hybrid promoters such as the tac promoter [deBoer et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 80:21-25 (1983)]. Promoters for use in bacterial systems also will contain a Shine-Dalgarno (S.D.) sequence operably linked to the DNA encoding
  • Suitable promoting sequences for use with yeast hosts include the promoters for 3-phosphoglycerate kinase [Hitzeman et al., J. Biol. Chem., 255:2073 (1980)] or other glycolytic enzymes [Hess et al., J. Adv.
  • yeast promoters which are inducible promoters having the additional advantage of transcription controlled by growth conditions, are the promoter regions for alcohol dehydrogenase 2, isocytochrome C, acid phosphatase, degradative enzymes associated with nitrogen metabolism, metallothionein, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, and enzymes responsible for maltose and galactose utilization. Suitable vectors and promoters for use in yeast expression are further described in EP 73,657.
  • IL-22 transcription from vectors in mammalian host cells is controlled, for example, by promoters obtained from the genomes of viruses such as polyoma virus, fowlpox virus (UK 2,211,504 published 5 Jul. 1989), adenovirus (such as Adenovirus 2), bovine papilloma virus, avian sarcoma virus, cytomegalovirus, a retrovirus, hepatitis-B virus and Simian Virus 40 (SV40), from heterologous mammalian promoters, e.g., the actin promoter or an immunoglobulin promoter, and from heat-shock promoters, provided such promoters are compatible with the host cell systems.
  • viruses such as polyoma virus, fowlpox virus (UK 2,211,504 published 5 Jul. 1989), adenovirus (such as Adenovirus 2), bovine papilloma virus, avian sarcoma virus, cytomegalovirus, a retro
  • Enhancers are cis-acting elements of DNA, usually about from 10 to 300 bp, that act on a promoter to increase its transcription.
  • Many enhancer sequences are now known from mammalian genes (globin, elastase, albumin, ⁇ -fetoprotein, and insulin). Typically, however, one will use an enhancer from a eukaryotic cell virus.
  • Examples include the SV40 enhancer on the late side of the replication origin (bp 100-270), the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer on the late side of the replication origin, and adenovirus enhancers.
  • the enhancer may be spliced into the vector at a position 5′ or 3′ to the IL-22 coding sequence, but is preferably located at a site 5′ from the promoter.
  • Expression vectors used in eukaryotic host cells will also contain sequences necessary for the termination of transcription and for stabilizing the mRNA. Such sequences are commonly available from the 5′ and, occasionally 3′, untranslated regions of eukaryotic or viral DNAs or cDNAs. These regions contain nucleotide segments transcribed as polyadenylated fragments in the untranslated portion of the mRNA encoding IL-22.
  • Gene amplification and/or expression may be measured in a sample directly, for example, by conventional Southern blotting, Northern blotting to quantitate the transcription of mRNA [Thomas, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:5201-5205 (1980)], dot blotting (DNA analysis), or in situ hybridization, using an appropriately labeled probe, based on the sequences provided herein.
  • antibodies may be employed that can recognize specific duplexes, including DNA duplexes, RNA duplexes, and DNA-RNA hybrid duplexes or DNA-protein duplexes. The antibodies in turn may be labeled and the assay may be carried out where the duplex is bound to a surface, so that upon the formation of duplex on the surface, the presence of antibody bound to the duplex can be detected.
  • Gene expression may be measured by immunological methods, such as immunohistochemical staining of cells or tissue sections and assay of cell culture or body fluids, to quantitate directly the expression of gene product.
  • Antibodies useful for immunohistochemical staining and/or assay of sample fluids may be either monoclonal or polyclonal, and may be prepared in any mammal. Conveniently, the antibodies may be prepared against a native sequence IL-22 polypeptide or against a synthetic peptide based on the DNA sequences provided herein or against exogenous sequence fused to IL-22 DNA and encoding a specific antibody epitope.
  • Forms of IL-22 may be recovered from culture medium or from host cell lysates. If membrane-bound, it can be released from the membrane using a suitable detergent solution (e.g. Triton-X 100) or by enzymatic cleavage. Cells employed in expression of IL-22 can be disrupted by various physical or chemical means, such as freeze-thaw cycling, sonication, mechanical disruption, or cell lysing agents.
  • a suitable detergent solution e.g. Triton-X 100
  • Cells employed in expression of IL-22 can be disrupted by various physical or chemical means, such as freeze-thaw cycling, sonication, mechanical disruption, or cell lysing agents.
  • IL-22 may be desired to purify IL-22 from recombinant cell proteins or polypeptides.
  • the following procedures are exemplary of suitable purification procedures: by fractionation on an ion-exchange column; ethanol precipitation; reverse phase HPLC; chromatography on silica or on a cation-exchange resin such as DEAE; chromatofocusing; SDS-PAGE; ammonium sulfate precipitation; gel filtration using, for example, Sephadex G-75; protein A Sepharose columns to remove contaminants such as IgG; and metal chelating columns to bind epitope-tagged forms of the IL-22.
  • Nucleotide sequences (or their complement) encoding IL-22 have various applications in the art of molecular biology, including uses as hybridization probes, in chromosome and gene mapping and in the generation of anti-sense RNA and DNA.
  • IL-22 nucleic acid will also be useful for the preparation of IL-22 polypeptides by the recombinant techniques described herein.
  • the full-length native sequence IL-22 gene, or portions thereof, may be used as hybridization probes for a cDNA library to isolate the full-length IL-22 cDNA or to isolate still other cDNAs (for instance, those encoding naturally-occurring variants of IL-22 or IL-22 from other species) which have a desired sequence identity to the native IL-22 sequence disclosed herein.
  • the length of the probes will be about 20 to about 50 bases.
  • the hybridization probes may be derived from at least partially novel regions of the full length native nucleotide sequence wherein those regions may be determined without undue experimentation or from genomic sequences including promoters, enhancer elements and introns of native sequence IL-22.
  • a screening method will comprise isolating the coding region of the IL-22 gene using the known DNA sequence to synthesize a selected probe of about 40 bases.
  • Hybridization probes may be labeled by a variety of labels, including radionucleotides such as 32 P or 35 S, or enzymatic labels such as alkaline phosphatase coupled to the probe via avidin/biotin coupling systems. Labeled probes having a sequence complementary to that of the IL-22 gene of the present invention can be used to screen libraries of human cDNA, genomic DNA or mRNA to determine which members of such libraries the probe hybridizes to. Hybridization techniques are described in further detail in the Examples below.
  • IL-22 nucleic acids include antisense or sense oligonucleotides comprising a singe-stranded nucleic acid sequence (either RNA or DNA) capable of binding to target IL-22 mRNA (sense) or IL-22 DNA (antisense) sequences.
  • Antisense or sense oligonucleotides comprise a fragment of the coding region of IL-22 DNA. Such a fragment generally comprises at least about 14 nucleotides, preferably from about 14 to 30 nucleotides.
  • binding of antisense or sense oligonucleotides to target nucleic acid sequences results in the formation of duplexes that block transcription or translation of the target sequence by one of several means, including enhanced degradation of the duplexes, premature termination of transcription or translation, or by other means.
  • the antisense oligonucleotides thus may be used to block expression of IL-22 proteins.
  • Antisense or sense oligonucleotides further comprise oligonucleotides having modified sugar-phosphodiester backbones (or other sugar linkages, such as those described in WO 91/06629) and wherein such sugar linkages are resistant to endogenous nucleases.
  • Such oligonucleotides with resistant sugar linkages are stable in vivo (i.e., capable of resisting enzymatic degradation) but retain sequence specificity to be able to bind to target nucleotide sequences.
  • sense or antisense oligonucleotides include those oligonucleotides which are covalently linked to organic moieties, such as those described in WO 90/10048, and other moieties that increases affinity of the oligonucleotide for a target nucleic acid sequence, such as poly-(L-lysine).
  • intercalating agents such as ellipticine, and alkylating agents or metal complexes may be attached to sense or antisense oligonucleotides to modify binding specificities of the antisense or sense oligonucleotide for the target nucleotide sequence.
  • Antisense or sense oligonucleotides may be introduced into a cell containing the target nucleic acid sequence by any gene transfer method, including, for example, CaPO 4 ⁇ -mediated DNA transfection, electroporation, or by using gene transfer vectors such as Epstein-Barr virus.
  • an antisense or sense oligonucleotide is inserted into a suitable retroviral vector.
  • a cell containing the target nucleic acid sequence is contacted with the recombinant retroviral vector, either in vivo or ex vivo.
  • Suitable retroviral vectors include, but are not limited to, those derived from the murine retrovirus M-MuLV, N2 (a retrovirus derived from M-MuLV), or the double copy vectors designated DCT5A, DCT5B and DCT5C (see WO 90/13641).
  • Sense or antisense oligonucleotides also may be introduced into a cell containing the target nucleotide sequence by formation of a conjugate with a ligand binding molecule, as described in WO 91/04753.
  • Suitable ligand binding molecules include, but are not limited to, cell surface receptors, growth factors, other cytokines, or other ligands that bind to cell surface receptors.
  • conjugation of the ligand binding molecule does not substantially interfere with the ability of the ligand binding molecule to bind to its corresponding molecule or receptor, or block entry of the sense or antisense oligonucleotide or its conjugated version into the cell.
  • a sense or an antisense oligonucleotide may be introduced into a cell containing the target nucleic acid sequence by formation of an oligonucleotide-lipid complex, as described in WO 90/10448.
  • the sense or antisense oligonucleotide-lipid complex is preferably dissociated within the cell by an endogenous lipase.
  • Antisense or sense RNA or DNA molecules are generally at least about 5 bases in length, about 10 bases in length, about 15 bases in length, about 20 bases in length, about 25 bases in length, about 30 bases in length, about 35 bases in length, about 40 bases in length, about 45 bases in length, about 50 bases in length, about 55 bases in length, about 60 bases in length, about 65 bases in length, about 70 bases in length, about 75 bases in length, about 80 bases in length, about 85 bases in length, about 90 bases in length, about 95 bases in length, about 100 bases in length, or more.
  • the probes may also be employed in PCR techniques to generate a pool of sequences for identification of closely related IL-22 coding sequences.
  • Nucleotide sequences encoding an IL-22 can also be used to construct hybridization probes for mapping the gene which encodes that IL-22 and for the genetic analysis of individuals with genetic disorders.
  • the nucleotide sequences provided herein may be mapped to a chromosome and specific regions of a chromosome using known techniques, such as in situ hybridization, linkage analysis against known chromosomal markers, and hybridization screening with libraries.
  • the IL-22 can be used in assays to identify the other proteins or molecules involved in the binding interaction. By such methods, inhibitors of the receptor/ligand binding interaction can be identified. Proteins involved in such binding interactions can also be used to screen for peptide or small molecule inhibitors or agonists of the binding interaction. Also, the receptor IL-22 can be used to isolate correlative ligand(s). Screening assays can be designed to find lead compounds that mimic the biological activity of a native IL-22 or a receptor for IL-22.
  • screening assays will include assays amenable to high-throughput screening of chemical libraries, making them particularly suitable for identifying small molecule drug candidates.
  • Small molecules contemplated include synthetic organic or inorganic compounds.
  • the assays can be performed in a variety of formats, including protein-protein binding assays, biochemical screening assays, immunoassays and cell based assays, which are well characterized in the art.
  • Nucleic acids which encode IL-22 or its modified forms can also be used to generate either transgenic animals or “knock out” animals which, in turn, are useful in the development and screening of therapeutically useful reagents.
  • a transgenic animal e.g., a mouse or rat
  • a transgenic animal is an animal having cells that contain a transgene, which transgene was introduced into the animal or an ancestor of the animal at a prenatal, e.g., an embryonic stage.
  • a transgene is a DNA which is integrated into the genome of a cell from which a transgenic animal develops.
  • cDNA encoding IL-22 can be used to clone genomic DNA encoding IL-22 in accordance with established techniques and the genomic sequences used to generate transgenic animals that contain cells which express DNA encoding IL-22.
  • Methods for generating transgenic animals, particularly animals such as mice or rats, have become conventional in the art and are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,736,866 and 4,870,009.
  • particular cells would be targeted for IL-22 transgene incorporation with tissue-specific enhancers.
  • Transgenic animals that include a copy of a transgene encoding IL-22 introduced into the germ line of the animal at an embryonic stage can be used to examine the effect of increased expression of DNA encoding IL-22.
  • Such animals can be used as tester animals for reagents thought to confer protection from, for example, pathological conditions associated with its overexpression.
  • an animal is treated with the reagent and a reduced incidence of the pathological condition, compared to untreated animals bearing the transgene, would indicate a potential therapeutic intervention for the pathological condition.
  • non-human homologues of IL-22 can be used to construct an IL-22 “knock out” animal which has a defective or altered gene encoding IL-22 as a result of homologous recombination between the endogenous gene encoding IL-22 and altered genomic DNA encoding IL-22 introduced into an embryonic stem cell of the animal.
  • cDNA encoding IL-22 can be used to clone genomic DNA encoding IL-22 in accordance with established techniques. A portion of the genomic DNA encoding IL-22 can be deleted or replaced with another gene, such as a gene encoding a selectable marker which can be used to monitor integration.
  • flanking DNA typically, several kilobases of unaltered flanking DNA (both at the 5′ and 3′ ends) are included in the vector [see e.g., Thomas and Capecchi, Cell, 51:503 (1987) for a description of homologous recombination vectors].
  • the vector is introduced into an embryonic stem cell line (e.g., by electroporation) and cells in which the introduced DNA has homologously recombined with the endogenous DNA are selected [see e.g., Li et al., Cell, 69:915 (1992)].
  • the selected cells are then injected into a blastocyst of an animal (e.g., a mouse or rat) to form aggregation chimeras [see e.g., Bradley, in Teratocarcinomas and Embryonic Stem Cells. A Practical Approach , E. J. Robertson, ed. (IRL, Oxford, 1987), pp. 113-152].
  • a chimeric embryo can then be implanted into a suitable pseudopregnant female foster animal and the embryo brought to term to create a “knock out” animal.
  • Progeny harboring the homologously recombined DNA in their germ cells can be identified by standard techniques and used to breed animals in which all cells of the animal contain the homologously recombined DNA. Knockout animals can be characterized for instance, for their ability to defend against certain pathological conditions and for their development of pathological conditions due to absence of the IL-22 polypeptide.
  • Nucleic acid encoding the IL-22 polypeptides may also be used in gene therapy.
  • genes are introduced into cells in order to achieve in vivo synthesis of a therapeutically effective genetic product, for example for replacement of a defective gene.
  • Gene therapy includes both conventional gene therapy where a lasting effect is achieved by a single treatment, and the administration of gene therapeutic agents, which involves the one time or repeated administration of a therapeutically effective DNA or mRNA.
  • Antisense RNAs and DNAs can be used as therapeutic agents for blocking the expression of certain genes in vivo. It has already been shown that short antisense oligonucleotides can be imported into cells where they act as inhibitors, despite their low intracellular concentrations caused by their restricted uptake by the cell membrane.
  • oligonucleotides can be modified to enhance their uptake, e.g. by substituting their negatively charged phosphodiester groups by uncharged groups.
  • nucleic acids there are a variety of techniques available for introducing nucleic acids into viable cells.
  • the techniques vary depending upon whether the nucleic acid is transferred into cultured cells in vitro, or in vivo in the cells of the intended host.
  • Techniques suitable for the transfer of nucleic acid into mammalian cells in vitro include the use of liposomes, electroporation, microinjection, cell fusion, DEAE-dextran, the calcium phosphate precipitation method, etc.
  • the currently preferred in vivo gene transfer techniques include transfection with viral (typically retroviral) vectors and viral coat protein-liposome mediated transfection (Dzau et al., Trends in Biotechnology 11, 205-210 [1993]).
  • the nucleic acid source with an agent that targets the target cells, such as an antibody specific for a cell surface membrane protein or the target cell, a ligand for a receptor on the target cell, etc.
  • an agent that targets the target cells such as an antibody specific for a cell surface membrane protein or the target cell, a ligand for a receptor on the target cell, etc.
  • proteins which bind to a cell surface membrane protein associated with endocytosis may be used for targeting and/or to facilitate uptake, e.g. capsid proteins or fragments thereof tropic for a particular cell type, antibodies for proteins which undergo internalization in cycling, proteins that target intracellular localization and enhance intracellular half-life.
  • the technique of receptor-mediated endocytosis is described, for example, by Wu et al., J. Biol. Chem.
  • IL-22 polypeptides described herein may also be employed as molecular weight markers for protein electrophoresis purposes and the isolated nucleic acid sequences may be used for recombinantly expressing those markers.
  • nucleic acid molecules encoding the IL-22 polypeptides or fragments thereof described herein are useful for chromosome identification.
  • there exists an ongoing need to identify new chromosome markers since relatively few chromosome marking reagents, based upon actual sequence data are presently available.
  • Each IL-22 nucleic acid molecule of the present invention can be used as a chromosome marker.
  • the IL-22 polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules of the present invention may also be used diagnostically for tissue typing, wherein the IL-22 polypeptides of the present invention may be differentially expressed in one tissue as compared to another, preferably in a diseased tissue as compared to a normal tissue of the same tissue type.
  • IL-22 nucleic acid molecules will find use for generating probes for PCR, Northern analysis, Southern analysis and Western analysis.
  • the IL-22 polypeptides described herein may also be employed as therapeutic agents.
  • the IL-22 polypeptides of the present invention can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, whereby the IL-22 product hereof is combined in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier vehicle.
  • Therapeutic formulations are prepared for storage by mixing the active ingredient having the desired degree of purity with optional physiologically acceptable carriers, excipients or stabilizers ( Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences 16th edition, Osol, A. Ed. (1980)), in the form of lyophilized formulations or aqueous solutions.
  • Acceptable carriers, excipients or stabilizers are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and include buffers such as phosphate, citrate and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid: low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, arginine or lysine; monosaccharides, disaccharides and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugar alcohols such as mannitol or sorbitol; salt-forming counterions such as sodium; and/or nonionic surfactants such as TWEENTM, PLURONICSTM or PEG.
  • buffers such as phosphate, citrate and other organic acids
  • antioxidants including ascorbic acid: low molecular weight (less than about 10 residue
  • the formulations to be used for in vivo administration must be sterile. This is readily accomplished by filtration through sterile filtration membranes, prior to or following lyophilization and reconstitution.
  • compositions herein generally are placed into a container having a sterile access port, for example, an intravenous solution bag or vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle.
  • the route of administration is in accord with known methods, e.g. injection or infusion by intravenous, intraperitoneal, intracerebral, intramuscular, intraocular, intraarterial or intralesional routes, topical administration, or by sustained release systems.
  • Dosages and desired drug concentrations of pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may vary depending on the particular use envisioned. The determination of the appropriate dosage or route of administration is well within the skill of an ordinary physician. Animal experiments provide reliable guidance for the determination of effective doses for human therapy. Interspecies scaling of effective doses can be performed following the principles laid down by Mordenti, J. and Chappell, W. “The use of interspecies scaling in toxicokinetics” In Toxicokinetics and New Drug Development, Yacobi et al., Eds., Pergamon Press, New York 1989, pp. 42-96.
  • normal dosage amounts may vary from about 10 ng/kg to up to 100 mg/kg of mammal body weight or more per day, preferably about 1 ⁇ g/kg/day to 10 mg/kg/day, depending upon the route of administration.
  • Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of delivery is provided in the literature; see, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,657,760; 5,206,344; or 5,225,212. It is anticipated that different formulations will be effective for different treatment compounds and different disorders, that administration targeting one organ or tissue, for example, may necessitate delivery in a manner different from that to another organ or tissue.
  • microencapsulation of the IL-22 polypeptide is contemplated. Microencapsulation of recombinant proteins for sustained release has been successfully performed with human growth hormone (rhGH), interferon- (rhIFN-), interleukin-2, and MN rgp120. Johnson et al., Nat. Med., 2:795-799 (1996); Yasuda, Biomed.
  • rhGH human growth hormone
  • rhIFN- interferon-
  • interleukin-2 interleukin-2
  • MN rgp120 MN rgp120
  • the sustained-release formulations of these proteins were developed using poly-lactic-coglycolic acid (PLGA) polymer due to its biocompatibility and wide range of biodegradable properties.
  • PLGA poly-lactic-coglycolic acid
  • the degradation products of PLGA, lactic and glycolic acids, can be cleared quickly within the human body.
  • the degradability of this polymer can be adjusted from months to years depending on its molecular weight and composition.
  • Lewis “Controlled release of bioactive agents from lactide/glycolide polymer,” in: M. Chasin and R. Langer (Eds.), Biodegradable Polymers as Drug Delivery Systems (Marcel Dekker: New York, 1990), pp. 1-41.
  • This invention encompasses methods of screening compounds to identify those that mimic the IL-22 polypeptide (agonists) or prevent the effect of the IL-22 polypeptide (antagonists).
  • Screening assays for antagonist drug candidates are designed to identify compounds that bind or complex with the IL-22 polypeptides encoded by the genes identified herein, or otherwise interfere with the interaction of the encoded polypeptides with other cellular proteins.
  • Such screening assays will include assays amenable to high-throughput screening of chemical libraries, making them particularly suitable for identifying small molecule drug candidates.
  • the assays can be performed in a variety of formats, including protein-protein binding assays, biochemical screening assays, immunoassays, and cell-based assays, which are well characterized in the art.
  • All assays for antagonists are common in that they call for contacting the drug candidate with an IL-22 polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid identified herein under conditions and for a time sufficient to allow these two components to interact.
  • the interaction is binding and the complex formed can be isolated or detected in the reaction mixture.
  • the IL-22 polypeptide encoded by the gene identified herein or the drug candidate is immobilized on a solid phase, e.g., on a microtiter plate, by covalent or non-covalent attachments.
  • Non-covalent attachment generally is accomplished by coating the solid surface with a solution of the IL-22 polypeptide and drying.
  • an immobilized antibody e.g., a monoclonal antibody, specific for the IL-22 polypeptide to be immobilized can be used to anchor it to a solid surface.
  • the assay is performed by adding the non-immobilized component, which may be labeled by a detectable label, to the immobilized component, e.g., the coated surface containing the anchored component.
  • the non-reacted components are removed, e.g., by washing, and complexes anchored on the solid surface are detected.
  • the detection of label immobilized on the surface indicates that complexing occurred.
  • complexing can be detected, for example, by using a labeled antibody specifically binding the immobilized complex.
  • the candidate compound interacts with but does not bind to a particular IL-22 polypeptide encoded by a gene identified herein, its interaction with that polypeptide can be assayed by methods well known for detecting protein-protein interactions.
  • assays include traditional approaches, such as, e.g., cross-linking, co-immunoprecipitation, and co-purification through gradients or chromatographic columns.
  • protein-protein interactions can be monitored by using a yeast-based genetic system described by Fields and co-workers (Fields and Song, Nature ( London ), 340:245-246 (1989); Chien et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • yeast GAL4 Many transcriptional activators, such as yeast GAL4, consist of two physically discrete modular domains, one acting as the DNA-binding domain, the other one functioning as the transcription-activation domain.
  • yeast expression system described in the foregoing publications (generally referred to as the “two-hybrid system”) takes advantage of this property, and employs two hybrid proteins, one in which the target protein is fused to the DNA-binding domain of GAL4, and another, in which candidate activating proteins are fused to the activation domain.
  • GAL1-lacZ reporter gene under control of a GAL4-activated promoter depends on reconstitution of GAL4 activity via protein-protein interaction. Colonies containing interacting polypeptides are detected with a chromogenic substrate for ⁇ -galactosidase.
  • a complete kit (MATCHMAKERTM) for identifying protein-protein interactions between two specific proteins using the two-hybrid technique is commercially available from Clontech. This system can also be extended to map protein domains involved in specific protein interactions as well as to pinpoint amino acid residues that are crucial for these interactions.
  • a reaction mixture is prepared containing the product of the gene and the intra or extracellular component under conditions and for a time allowing for the interaction and binding of the two products.
  • a candidate compound to inhibit binding, the reaction is run in the absence and in the presence of the test compound.
  • a placebo may be added to a third reaction mixture, to serve as positive control.
  • the binding (complex formation) between the test compound and the intra or extracellular component present in the mixture is monitored as described hereinabove. The formation of a complex in the control reaction(s) but not in the reaction mixture containing the test compound indicates that the test compound interferes with the interaction of the test compound and its reaction partner.
  • the IL-22 polypeptide may be added to a cell along with the compound to be screened for a particular activity and the ability of the compound to inhibit the activity of interest in the presence of the IL-22 polypeptide indicates that the compound is an antagonist to the IL-22 polypeptide.
  • antagonists may be detected by combining the IL-22 polypeptide and a potential antagonist with membrane-bound IL-22 polypeptide receptors or recombinant receptors under appropriate conditions for a competitive inhibition assay.
  • the IL-22 polypeptide can be labeled, such as by radioactivity, such that the number of IL-22 polypeptide molecules bound to the receptor can be used to determine the effectiveness of the potential antagonist.
  • the gene encoding the receptor can be identified by numerous methods known to those of skill in the art, for example, ligand panning and FACS sorting. Coligan et al., Current Protocols in Immun., 1(2): Chapter 5 (1991).
  • expression cloning is employed wherein polyadenylated RNA is prepared from a cell responsive to the IL-22 polypeptide and a cDNA library created from this RNA is divided into pools and used to transfect COS cells or other cells that are not responsive to the IL-22 polypeptide. Transfected cells that are grown on glass slides are exposed to labeled IL-22 polypeptide.
  • the IL-22 polypeptide can be labeled by a variety of means including iodination or inclusion of a recognition site for a site-specific protein kinase. Following fixation and incubation, the slides are subjected to autoradiographic analysis. Positive pools are identified and sub-pools are prepared and re-transfected using an interactive sub-pooling and re-screening process, eventually yielding a single clone that encodes the putative receptor.
  • labeled IL-22 polypeptide can be photoaffinity-linked with cell membrane or extract preparations that express the receptor molecule. Cross-linked material is resolved by PAGE and exposed to X-ray film. The labeled complex containing the receptor can be excised, resolved into peptide fragments, and subjected to protein micro-sequencing. The amino acid sequence obtained from micro-sequencing would be used to design a set of degenerate oligonucleotide probes to screen a cDNA library to identify the gene encoding the putative receptor.
  • mammalian cells or a membrane preparation expressing the receptor would be incubated with labeled IL-22 polypeptide in the presence of the candidate compound. The ability of the compound to enhance or block this interaction could then be measured.
  • potential antagonists include an oligonucleotide that binds to the fusions of immunoglobulin with IL-22 polypeptide, and, in particular, antibodies including, without limitation, poly- and monoclonal antibodies and antibody fragments, single-chain antibodies, anti-idiotypic antibodies, and chimeric or humanized versions of such antibodies or fragments, as well as human antibodies and antibody fragments.
  • a potential antagonist may be a closely related protein, for example, a mutated form of the IL-22 polypeptide that recognizes the receptor but imparts no effect, thereby competitively inhibiting the action of the IL-22 polypeptide.
  • Another potential IL-22 polypeptide antagonist is an antisense RNA or DNA construct prepared using antisense technology, where, e.g., an antisense RNA or DNA molecule acts to block directly the translation of mRNA by hybridizing to targeted mRNA and preventing protein translation.
  • Antisense technology can be used to control gene expression through triple-helix formation or antisense DNA or RNA, both of which methods are based on binding of a polynucleotide to DNA or RNA.
  • the 5′ coding portion of the polynucleotide sequence, which encodes the mature IL-22 polypeptides herein, is used to design an antisense RNA oligonucleotide of from about 10 to 40 base pairs in length.
  • a DNA oligonucleotide is designed to be complementary to a region of the gene involved in transcription (triple helix—see Lee et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 6:3073 (1979); Cooney et al., Science, 241: 456 (1988); Dervan et al., Science, 251:1360 (1991)), thereby preventing transcription and the production of the IL-22 polypeptide.
  • the antisense RNA oligonucleotide hybridizes to the mRNA in vivo and blocks translation of the mRNA molecule into the IL-22 polypeptide (antisense—Okano, Neurochem., 56:560 (1991); Oligodeoxynucleotides as Antisense Inhibitors of Gene Expression (CRC Press: Boca Raton, Fla., 1988).
  • the oligonucleotides described above can also be delivered to cells such that the antisense RNA or DNA may be expressed in vivo to inhibit production of the IL-22 polypeptide.
  • antisense DNA is used, oligodeoxyribonucleotides derived from the translation-initiation site, e.g., between about ⁇ 10 and +10 positions of the target gene nucleotide sequence, are preferred.
  • Potential antagonists include small molecules that bind to the active site, the receptor binding site, or growth factor or other relevant binding site of the IL-22 polypeptide, thereby blocking the normal biological activity of the IL-22 polypeptide.
  • small molecules include, but are not limited to, small peptides or peptide-like molecules, preferably soluble peptides, and synthetic non-peptidyl organic or inorganic compounds.
  • Ribozymes are enzymatic RNA molecules capable of catalyzing the specific cleavage of RNA. Ribozymes act by sequence-specific hybridization to the complementary target RNA, followed by endonucleolytic cleavage. Specific ribozyme cleavage sites within a potential RNA target can be identified by known techniques. For further details see, e.g., Rossi, Current Biology, 4:469-471 (1994), and PCT publication No. WO 97/33551 (published Sep. 18, 1997).
  • Nucleic acid molecules in triple-helix formation used to inhibit transcription should be single-stranded and composed of deoxynucleotides.
  • the base composition of these oligonucleotides is designed such that it promotes triple-helix formation via Hoogsteen base-pairing rules, which generally require sizeable stretches of purines or pyrimidines on one strand of a duplex.
  • Hoogsteen base-pairing rules which generally require sizeable stretches of purines or pyrimidines on one strand of a duplex.
  • Diagnostic and therapeutic uses of the herein disclosed molecules may also be based upon the positive functional assay hits disclosed and described below.
  • the present invention further provides anti-IL-22 antibodies.
  • Exemplary antibodies include polyclonal, monoclonal, humanized, bispecific, and heteroconjugate antibodies.
  • the anti-IL-22 antibodies may comprise polyclonal antibodies. Methods of preparing polyclonal antibodies are known to the skilled artisan. Polyclonal antibodies can be raised in a mammal, for example, by one or more injections of an immunizing agent and, if desired, an adjuvant. Typically, the immunizing agent and/or adjuvant will be injected in the mammal by multiple subcutaneous or intraperitoneal injections.
  • the immunizing agent may include the IL-22 polypeptide or a fusion protein thereof. It may be useful to conjugate the immunizing agent to a protein known to be immunogenic in the mammal being immunized.
  • immunogenic proteins include but are not limited to keyhole limpet hemocyanin, serum albumin, bovine thyroglobulin, and soybean trypsin inhibitor.
  • adjuvants which may be employed include Freund's complete adjuvant and MPL-TDM adjuvant (monophosphoryl Lipid A, synthetic trehalose dicorynomycolate).
  • the immunization protocol may be selected by one skilled in the art without undue experimentation.
  • the anti-IL-22 antibodies may, alternatively, be monoclonal antibodies.
  • Monoclonal antibodies may be prepared using hybridoma methods, such as those described by Kohler and Milstein, Nature, 256:495 (1975).
  • a hybridoma method a mouse, hamster, or other appropriate host animal, is typically immunized with an immunizing agent to elicit lymphocytes that produce or are capable of producing antibodies that will specifically bind to the immunizing agent.
  • the lymphocytes may be immunized in vitro.
  • the immunizing agent will typically include the IL-22 polypeptide or a fusion protein thereof.
  • PBLs peripheral blood lymphocytes
  • spleen cells or lymph node cells are used if non-human mammalian sources are desired.
  • the lymphocytes are then fused with an immortalized cell line using a suitable fusing agent, such as polyethylene glycol, to form a hybridoma cell [Goding, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice , Academic Press, (1986) pp. 59-103].
  • Immortalized cell lines are usually transformed mammalian cells, particularly mycloma cells of rodent, bovine and human origin.
  • the hybridoma cells may be cultured in a suitable culture medium that preferably contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of the unfused, immortalized cells.
  • a suitable culture medium that preferably contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of the unfused, immortalized cells.
  • the culture medium for the hybridomas typically will include hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine (“HAT medium”), which substances prevent the growth of HGPRT-deficient cells.
  • Preferred immortalized cell lines are those that fuse efficiently, support stable high level expression of antibody by the selected antibody-producing cells, and are sensitive to a medium such as HAT medium. More preferred immortalized cell lines are murine myeloma lines, which can be obtained, for instance, from the Salk Institute Cell Distribution Center, San Diego, Calif. and the American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Va. Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines also have been described for the production of human monoclonal antibodies [Kozbor, J. Immunol., 133:3001 (1984); Brodeur et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications , Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, (1987) pp. 51-63].
  • the culture medium in which the hybridoma cells are cultured can then be assayed for the presence of monoclonal antibodies directed against IL-22.
  • the binding specificity of monoclonal antibodies produced by the hybridoma cells is determined by immunoprecipitation or by an in vitro binding assay, such as radioimmunoassay (RIA) or enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay (ELISA).
  • RIA radioimmunoassay
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay
  • the binding affinity of the monoclonal antibody can, for example, be determined by the Scatchard analysis of Munson and Pollard, Anal. Biochem., 107:220 (1980).
  • the clones may be subcloned by limiting dilution procedures and grown by standard methods [Goding, supra]. Suitable culture media for this purpose include, for example, Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium and RPMI-1640 medium. Alternatively, the hybridoma cells may be grown in vivo as ascites in a mammal.
  • the monoclonal antibodies secreted by the subclones may be isolated or purified from the culture medium or ascites fluid by conventional immunoglobulin purification procedures such as, for example, protein A-Sepharose, hydroxylapatite chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, or affinity chromatography.
  • the monoclonal antibodies may also be made by recombinant DNA methods, such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567.
  • DNA encoding the monoclonal antibodies of the invention can be readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of murine antibodies).
  • the hybridoma cells of the invention serve as a preferred source of such DNA.
  • the DNA may be placed into expression vectors, which are then transfected into host cells such as simian COS cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, or mycloma cells that do not otherwise produce immunoglobulin protein, to obtain the synthesis of monoclonal antibodies in the recombinant host cells.
  • the DNA also may be modified, for example, by substituting the coding sequence for human heavy and light chain constant domains in place of the homologous murine sequences [U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Morrison et al., supra] or by covalently joining to the immunoglobulin coding sequence all or part of the coding sequence for a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide.
  • non-immunoglobulin polypeptide can be substituted for the constant domains of an antibody of the invention, or can be substituted for the variable domains of one antigen-combining site of an antibody of the invention to create a chimeric bivalent antibody.
  • the antibodies may be monovalent antibodies.
  • Methods for preparing monovalent antibodies are well known in the art. For example, one method involves recombinant expression of immunoglobulin light chain and modified heavy chain.
  • the heavy chain is truncated generally at any point in the Fc region so as to prevent heavy chain crosslinking.
  • the relevant cysteine residues are substituted with another amino acid residue or are deleted so as to prevent crosslinking.
  • In vitro methods are also suitable for preparing monovalent antibodies. Digestion of antibodies to produce fragments thereof, particularly, Fab fragments, can be accomplished using routine techniques known in the art.
  • the anti-IL-22 antibodies of the invention may further comprise humanized antibodies or human antibodies.
  • Humanized forms of non-human (e.g., murine) antibodies are chimeric immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin chains or fragments thereof (such as Fv, Fab, Fab′, F(ab′) or other antigen-binding subsequences of antibodies) which contain minimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin.
  • Humanized antibodies include human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a complementary determining region (CDR) of the recipient are replaced by residues from a CDR of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat or rabbit having the desired specificity, affinity and capacity.
  • CDR complementary determining region
  • Fv framework residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues.
  • Humanized antibodies may also comprise residues which are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework sequences.
  • the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence.
  • the humanized antibody optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin [Jones et al., Nature, 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature, 332:323-329 (1988); and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol., 2:593-596 (1992)].
  • Fc immunoglobulin constant region
  • a humanized antibody has one or more amino acid residues introduced into it from a source which is non-human. These non-human amino acid residues are often referred to as “import” residues, which are typically taken from an “import” variable domain.
  • Humanization can be essentially performed following the method of Winter and co-workers [Jones et al., Nature, 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature, 332:323-327 (1988); Verhoeyen et al., Science, 239:1534-1536 (1988)], by substituting rodent CDRs or CDR sequences for the corresponding sequences of a human antibody.
  • humanized antibodies are chimeric antibodies (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567), wherein substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non-human species.
  • humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some CDR residues and possibly some FR residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.
  • Human antibodies can also be produced using various techniques known in the art, including phage display libraries [Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol. Biol., 227:381 (1991); Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 222:581 (1991)].
  • the techniques of Cole et al. and Boerner et al. are also available for the preparation of human monoclonal antibodies (Cole et al., Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy , Alan R. Liss, p. 77 (1985) and Boerner et al., J. Immunol., 147(1):86-95 (1991)].
  • human antibodies can be made by introducing of human immunoglobulin loci into transgenic animals, e.g., mice in which the endogenous immunoglobulin genes have been partially or completely inactivated. Upon challenge, human antibody production is observed, which closely resembles that seen in humans in all respects, including gene rearrangement, assembly, and antibody repertoire. This approach is described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • the antibodies may also be affinity matured using known selection and/or mutagenesis methods as described above.
  • Preferred affinity matured antibodies have an affinity which is five times, more preferably 10 times, even more preferably 20 or 30 times greater than the starting antibody (generally murine, humanized or human) from which the matured antibody is prepared.
  • Bispecific antibodies are monoclonal, preferably human or humanized, antibodies that have binding specificities for at least two different antigens.
  • one of the binding specificities is for the IL-22, the other one is for any other antigen, and preferably for a cell-surface protein or receptor or receptor subunit.
  • bispecific antibodies are known in the art. Traditionally, the recombinant production of bispecific antibodies is based on the co-expression of two immunoglobulin heavy-chain/light-chain pairs, where the two heavy chains have different specificities [Milstein and Cuello, Nature, 305:537-539 (1983)]. Because of the random assortment of immunoglobulin heavy and light chains, these hybridomas (quadromas) produce a potential mixture of ten different antibody molecules, of which only one has the correct bispecific structure. The purification of the correct molecule is usually accomplished by affinity chromatography steps. Similar procedures are disclosed in WO 93/08829, published 13 May 1993, and in Traunecker et al., EMBO J., 10:3655-3659 (1991).
  • Antibody variable domains with the desired binding specificities can be fused to immunoglobulin constant domain sequences.
  • the fusion preferably is with an immunoglobulin heavy-chain constant domain, comprising at least part of the hinge, CH2, and CH3 regions. It is preferred to have the first heavy-chain constant region (CH1) containing the site necessary for light-chain binding present in at least one of the fusions.
  • DNAs encoding the immunoglobulin heavy-chain fusions and, if desired, the immunoglobulin light chain are inserted into separate expression vectors, and are co-transfected into a suitable host organism.
  • the interface between a pair of antibody molecules can be engineered to maximize the percentage of heterodimers which are recovered from recombinant cell culture.
  • the preferred interface comprises at least a part of the CH3 region of an antibody constant domain.
  • one or more small amino acid side chains from the interface of the first antibody molecule are replaced with larger side chains (e.g. tyrosine or tryptophan).
  • Compensatory “cavities” of identical or similar size to the large side chain(s) are created on the interface of the second antibody molecule by replacing large amino acid side chains with smaller ones (e.g. alanine or threonine). This provides a mechanism for increasing the yield of the heterodimer over other unwanted end-products such as homodimers.
  • Bispecific antibodies can be prepared as full length antibodies or antibody fragments (e.g. F(ab′) bispecific antibodies). Techniques for generating bispecific antibodies from antibody fragments have been described in the literature. For example, bispecific antibodies can be prepared can be prepared using chemical linkage. Brennan et al., Science 229:81 (1985) describe a procedure wherein intact antibodies are proteolytically cleaved to generate F(ab′) 2 fragments. These fragments are reduced in the presence of the dithiol complexing agent sodium arsenite to stabilize vicinal dithiols and prevent intermolecular disulfide formation. The Fab′ fragments generated are then converted to thionitrobenzoate (TNB) derivatives.
  • TAB thionitrobenzoate
  • One of the Fab′-TNB derivatives is then reconverted to the Fab′-thiol by reduction with mercaptoethylamine and is mixed with an equimolar amount of the other Fab′-TNB derivative to form the bispecific antibody.
  • the bispecific antibodies produced can be used as agents for the selective immobilization of enzymes.
  • Fab′ fragments may be directly recovered from E. coli and chemically coupled to form bispecific antibodies.
  • Shalaby et al. J. Exp. Med. 175:217-225 (1992) describe the production of a fully humanized bispecific antibody F(ab′) 2 molecule.
  • Each Fab′ fragment was separately secreted from E. coli and subjected to directed chemical coupling in vitro to form the bispecific antibody.
  • the bispecific antibody thus formed was able to bind to cells overexpressing the ErbB2 receptor and normal human T cells, as well as trigger the lytic activity of human cytotoxic lymphocytes against human breast tumor targets.
  • bispecific antibodies have been produced using leucine zippers.
  • the leucine zipper peptides from the Fos and Jun proteins were linked to the Fab′ portions of two different antibodies by gene fusion.
  • the antibody homodimers were reduced at the hinge region to form monomers and then re-oxidized to form the antibody heterodimers. This method can also be utilized for the production of antibody homodimers.
  • the fragments comprise a heavy-chain variable domain (V H ) connected to a light-chain variable domain (V L ) by a linker which is too short to allow pairing between the two domains on the same chain. Accordingly, the V H and V L domains of one fragment are forced to pair with the complementary V L and V H domains of another fragment, thereby forming two antigen-binding sites.
  • V H and V L domains of one fragment are forced to pair with the complementary V L and V H domains of another fragment, thereby forming two antigen-binding sites.
  • sFv single-chain Fv
  • Antibodies with more than two valencies are contemplated.
  • trispecific antibodies can be prepared. Tutt et al., J. Immunol. 147:60 (1991).
  • bispecific antibodies may bind to two different epitopes on a given IL-22 polypeptide herein.
  • an anti-IL-22 polypeptide arm may be combined with an arm which binds to a triggering molecule on a leukocyte such as a T-cell receptor molecule (e.g. CD2, CD3, CD28, or B7), or Fc receptors for IgG (Fc ⁇ R), such as Fc ⁇ RI (CD64), Fc ⁇ RII (CD32) and Fc ⁇ RIII (CD16) so as to focus cellular defense mechanisms to the cell expressing the particular IL-22 polypeptide.
  • Bispecific antibodies may also be used to localize cytotoxic agents to cells which express a particular IL-22 polypeptide.
  • IL-22-binding arm possess a IL-22-binding arm and an arm which binds a cytotoxic agent or a radionuclide chelator, such as EOTUBE, DPTA, DOTA, or TETA.
  • a cytotoxic agent or a radionuclide chelator such as EOTUBE, DPTA, DOTA, or TETA.
  • Another bispecific antibody of interest binds the IL-22 polypeptide and further binds tissue factor (TF).
  • TF tissue factor
  • Heteroconjugate antibodies are also within the scope of the present invention.
  • Heteroconjugate antibodies are composed of two covalently joined antibodies. Such antibodies have, for example, been proposed to target immune system cells to unwanted cells [U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980], and for treatment of HIV infection [WO 91/00360; WO 92/200373; EP 03089].
  • the antibodies may be prepared in vitro using known methods in synthetic protein chemistry, including those involving crosslinking agents.
  • immunotoxins may be constructed using a disulfide exchange reaction or by forming a thioether bond. Examples of suitable reagents for this purpose include iminothiolate and methyl-4-mercaptobutyrimidate and those disclosed, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980.
  • cysteine residue(s) may be introduced into the Fc region, thereby allowing interchain disulfide bond formation in this region.
  • the homodimeric antibody thus generated may have improved internalization capability and/or increased complement-mediated cell killing and antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC). See Caron et al., J. Exp Med., 176: 1191-1195 (1992) and Shopes, J. Immmol., 148: 2918-2922 (1992).
  • Homodimeric antibodies with enhanced anti-tumor activity may also be prepared using heterobifunctional cross-linkers as described in Wolff et al. Cancer Research, 53: 2560-2565 (1993).
  • an antibody can be engineered that has dual Fc regions and may thereby have enhanced complement lysis and ADCC capabilities. See Stevenson et al., Anti - Cancer Drug Design, 3: 219-230 (1989).
  • the invention also pertains to immunoconjugates comprising an antibody conjugated to a cytotoxic agent such as a chemotherapeutic agent, toxin (e.g., an enzymatically active toxin of bacterial, fungal, plant, or animal origin, or fragments thereof), or a radioactive isotope (i.e., a radioconjugate).
  • a cytotoxic agent such as a chemotherapeutic agent, toxin (e.g., an enzymatically active toxin of bacterial, fungal, plant, or animal origin, or fragments thereof), or a radioactive isotope (i.e., a radioconjugate).
  • Enzymatically active toxins and fragments thereof that can be used include diphtheria A chain, nonbinding active fragments of diphtheria toxin, exotoxin A chain (from Pseudomonas aeruginosa ), ricin A chain, abrin A chain, modeccin A chain, alpha-sarcin, Aleurites fordii proteins, dianthin proteins, Phytolaca americana proteins (PAPI, PAPII, and PAP-S), momordica charantia inhibitor, curcin, crotin, sapaonaria officinalis inhibitor, gelonin, mitogellin, restrictocin, phenomycin, enomycin, and the tricothecenes.
  • a variety of radionuclides are available for the production of radioconjugated antibodies. Examples include 212 Bi, 131 I, 131 In, 90 Y, and 186 Re.
  • Conjugates of the antibody and cytotoxic agent are made using a variety of bifunctional protein-coupling agents such as N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithiol) propionate (SPDP), iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such as dimethyl adipimidate HCL), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl suberate), aldehydes (such as glutareldehyde), bis-azido compounds (such as bis (p-azidobenzoyl) hexanediamine), bis-diazonium derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethylenediamine), diisocyanates (such as tolyene 2,6-diisocyanate), and bis-active fluorine compounds (such as 1,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene).
  • SPDP N-succinimidyl-3-(
  • a ricin immunotoxin can be prepared as described in Vitetta et al., Science, 238: 1098 (1987).
  • Carbon-14-labeled 1-isothiocyanatobenzyl-3-methyldiethylene triaminepentaacetic acid (MX-DTPA) is an exemplary chelating agent for conjugation of radionucleotide to the antibody. See WO94/11026.
  • the antibody may be conjugated to a “receptor” (such streptavidin) for utilization in tumor pretargeting wherein the antibody-receptor conjugate is administered to the patient, followed by removal of unbound conjugate from the circulation using a clearing agent and then administration of a “ligand” (e.g., avidin) that is conjugated to a cytotoxic agent (e.g., a radionucleotide).
  • a receptor such streptavidin
  • a ligand e.g., avidin
  • cytotoxic agent e.g., a radionucleotide
  • the antibodies disclosed herein may also be formulated as immunoliposomes.
  • Liposomes containing the antibody are prepared by methods known in the art, such as described in Epstein et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 82: 3688 (1985); Hwang et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77: 4030 (1980); and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,485,045 and 4,544,545. Liposomes with enhanced circulation time are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,013,556.
  • Particularly useful liposomes can be generated by the reverse-phase evaporation method with a lipid composition comprising phosphatidylcholine, cholesterol, and PEG-derivatized phosphatidylethanolamine (PEG-PE). Liposomes are extruded through filters of defined pore size to yield liposomes with the desired diameter.
  • Fab′ fragments of the antibody of the present invention can be conjugated to the liposomes as described in Martin et al., J. Biol. Chem., 257: 286-288 (1982) via a disulfide-interchange reaction.
  • a chemotherapeutic agent such as Doxorubicin is optionally contained within the liposome. See Gabizon et al., J. National Cancer Inst., 81(19): 1484 (1989).
  • Antibodies specifically binding an IL-22 polypeptide identified herein, as well as other molecules identified by the screening assays disclosed hereinbefore, can be administered for the treatment of various disorders in the form of pharmaceutical compositions.
  • IL-22 polypeptide is intracellular and whole antibodies are used as inhibitors, internalizing antibodies are preferred.
  • lipofections or liposomes can also be used to deliver the antibody, or an antibody fragment, into cells. Where antibody fragments are used, the smallest inhibitory fragment that specifically binds to the binding domain of the target protein is preferred.
  • peptide molecules can be designed that retain the ability to bind the target protein sequence. Such peptides can be synthesized chemically and/or produced by recombinant DNA technology. See, e.g., Marasco et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90: 7889-7893 (1993).
  • the formulation herein may also contain more than one active compound as necessary for the particular indication being treated, preferably those with complementary activities that do not adversely affect each other.
  • the composition may comprise an agent that enhances its function, such as, for example, a cytotoxic agent, cytokine, chemotherapeutic agent, or growth-inhibitory agent.
  • cytotoxic agent such as, for example, a cytotoxic agent, cytokine, chemotherapeutic agent, or growth-inhibitory agent.
  • Such molecules are suitably present in combination in amounts that are effective for the purpose intended.
  • the active ingredients may also be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacylate) microcapsules, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles, and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions.
  • colloidal drug delivery systems for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles, and nanocapsules
  • the formulations to be used for in vivo administration must be sterile. This is readily accomplished by filtration through sterile filtration membranes.
  • Sustained-release preparations may be prepared. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the antibody, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, or microcapsules. Examples of sustained-release matrices include polyesters, hydrogels (for example, poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate), or poly(vinylalcohol)), polylactides (U.S. Pat. No.
  • copolymers of L-glutamic acid and ⁇ ethyl-L-glutamate non-degradable ethylene-vinyl acetate
  • degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers such as the LUIL-22N DEPOTTM (injectable microspheres composed of lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate)
  • poly-D-( ⁇ )-3-hydroxybutyric acid While polymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate and lactic acid-glycolic acid enable release of molecules for over 100 days, certain hydrogels release proteins for shorter time periods.
  • encapsulated antibodies When encapsulated antibodies remain in the body for a long time, they may denature or aggregate as a result of exposure to moisture at 37° C., resulting in a loss of biological activity and possible changes in immunogenicity. Rational strategies can be devised for stabilization depending on the mechanism involved. For example, if the aggregation mechanism is discovered to be intermolecular S—S bond formation through thio-disulfide interchange, stabilization may be achieved by modifying sulfhydryl residues, lyophilizing from acidic solutions, controlling moisture content, using appropriate additives, and developing specific polymer matrix compositions.
  • anti-IL-22 antibodies of the invention have various utilities.
  • anti-IL-22 antibodies may be used in diagnostic assays for IL-22, e.g., detecting its expression (and in some cases, differential expression) in specific cells, tissues, or serum.
  • diagnostic assay techniques known in the art may be used, such as competitive binding assays, direct or indirect sandwich assays and immunoprecipitation assays conducted in either heterogeneous or homogeneous phases [Zola, Monoclonal Antibodies: A Manual of Techniques , CRC Press, Inc. (1987) pp. 147-158].
  • the antibodies used in the diagnostic assays can be labeled with a detectable moiety.
  • the detectable moiety should be capable of producing, either directly or indirectly, a detectable signal.
  • the detectable moiety may be a radioisotope, such as 3 H, 14 C, 32 P, 35 S, or 125 I, a fluorescent or chemiluminescent compound, such as fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, or luciferin, or an enzyme, such as alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosidase or horseradish peroxidase.
  • any method known in the art for conjugating the antibody to the detectable moiety may be employed, including those methods described by Hunter et al., Nature, 144:945 (1962); David et al., Biochemistry, 13:1014 (1974); Pain et al., J. Immunol. Meth., 40:219 (1981); and Nygren, J. Histochem. and Ctochem., 30:407 (1982).
  • Anti-IL-22 antibodies also are useful for the affinity purification of IL-22 from recombinant cell culture or natural sources.
  • the antibodies against IL-22 are immobilized on a suitable support, such a Sephadex resin or filter paper, using methods well known in the art.
  • the immobilized antibody then is contacted with a sample containing the IL-22 to be purified, and thereafter the support is washed with a suitable solvent that will remove substantially all the material in the sample except the IL-22, which is bound to the immobilized antibody. Finally, the support is washed with another suitable solvent that will release the IL-22 from the antibody.
  • Anti-IL-22 antibodies also find use in binding to IL-22 and thereby inhibiting PAP1 expression, may alleviate the severity of pancreatic disorders.
  • Interleukin-22 (DNA125185-2806) was identified by applying a proprietary signal sequence finding algorithm developed by Genentech, Inc. (South San Francisco, Calif.) upon ESTs as well as clustered and assembled EST fragments from public (e.g., GenBank) and/or private (LIFESEQ®, Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Palo Alto, Calif.) databases.
  • the signal sequence algorithm computes a secretion signal score based on the character of the DNA nucleotides surrounding the first and optionally the second methionine codon(s) (ATG) at the 5′-end of the sequence or sequence fragment under consideration.
  • the nucleotides following the first ATG must code for at least 35 unambiguous amino acids without any stop codons.
  • the candidate sequence is not scored.
  • the DNA and corresponding amino acid sequences surrounding the ATG codon are scored using a set of seven sensors (evaluation parameters) known to be associated with secretion signals.
  • EST cluster sequence from the Incyte database, designated herein as 5086173H1.
  • This EST cluster sequence was then compared to a variety of expressed sequence tag (EST) databases which included public EST databases (e.g., GenBank) and a proprietary EST DNA database (LIFESEQ®, Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Palo Alto, Calif.) to identify existing homologies.
  • EST expressed sequence tag
  • the homology search was performed using the computer program BLAST or BLAST2 (Altshul et al., Methods in Enzymology 266:460-480 (1996)).
  • DNA110880 Those comparisons resulting in a BLAST score of 70 (or in some cases 90) or greater that did not encode known proteins were clustered and assembled into a consensus DNA sequence with the program “phrap” (Phil Green, University of Washington, Seattle, Wash.). The consensus sequence obtained therefrom is herein designated DNA110880.
  • clone no. 5088384 was purchased and the cDNA insert was obtained and sequenced. It was found herein that that cDNA insert encoded a full-length protein. The sequence of this cDNA insert is shown in FIG. 1 and is herein designated as IL-22 (DNA125185-2806).
  • Clone DNA125185-2806 contains a single open reading frame with an apparent translational initiation site at nucleotide positions 58-60 and ending at the stop codon at nucleotide positions 595-597 ( FIG. 1 , SEQ ID NO 1).
  • the predicted polypeptide precursor is 179 amino acids long ( FIG. 2 , SEQ ID NO: 2).
  • the full-length IL-22 protein shown in FIG. 2 has an estimated molecular weight of about 20,011 daltons and a pI of about 8.10.
  • Analysis of the full-length IL-22 sequence shown in FIG. 2 evidences the presence of a variety of important polypeptide domains as shown in FIG. 2 , wherein the locations given for those important polypeptide domains are approximate as described above.
  • IL-22 (DNA125185-2806) has been deposited with ATCC on Dec. 7, 1999 and is assigned ATCC deposit No. PTA-1031.
  • various IL-22 polypeptides are tested for ability to bind to a panel of potential receptor or ligand molecules for the purpose of identifying receptor/ligand interactions.
  • the identification of a ligand for a known receptor, a receptor for a known ligand or a novel receptor/ligand pair is useful for a variety of indications including, for example, targeting bioactive molecules (linked to the ligand or receptor) to a cell known to express the receptor or ligand, use of the receptor or ligand as a reagent to detect the presence of the ligand or receptor in a composition suspected of containing the same, wherein the composition may comprise cells suspected of expressing the ligand or receptor, modulating the growth of or another biological or immunological activity of a cell known to express or respond to the receptor or ligand, modulating the immune response of cells or toward cells that express the receptor or ligand, allowing the preparation of agonists, antagonists and/or antibodies directed against the receptor or ligand which will modulate the growth of or a biological
  • the assay is performed as follows.
  • An IL-22 polypeptide of the present invention suspected of being a ligand for a receptor is expressed as a fusion protein containing the Fc domain of human IgG (an immunoadhesin).
  • Receptor-ligand binding is detected by allowing interaction of the immunoadhesin polypeptide with cells (e.g. Cos cells) expressing candidate IL-22 polypeptide receptors and visualization of bound immunoadhesin with fluorescent reagents directed toward the Fc fusion domain and examination by microscope.
  • Cells expressing candidate receptors are produced by transient transfection, in parallel, of defined subsets of a library of cDNA expression vectors encoding IL-22 polypeptides that may function as receptor molecules.
  • Cells are then incubated for 1 hour in the presence of the IL-22 polypeptide immunoadhesin being tested for possible receptor binding.
  • the cells are then washed and fixed with paraformaldehyde.
  • the cells are then incubated with fluorescent conjugated antibody directed against the Fc portion of the IL-22 polypeptide immunoadhesin (e.g. FITC conjugated goat anti-human-Fc antibody).
  • the cells are then washed again and examined by microscope. A positive interaction is judged by the presence of fluorescent labeling of cells transfected with cDNA encoding a particular IL-22 polypeptide receptor or pool of receptors and an absence of similar fluorescent labeling of similarly prepared cells that have been transfected with other cDNA or pools of cDNA.
  • a defined pool of cDNA expression vectors is judged to be positive for interaction with a IL-22 polypeptide immunoadhesin, the individual cDNA species that comprise the pool are tested individually (the pool is “broken down”) to determine the specific cDNA that encodes a receptor able to interact with the IL-22 polypeptide immunoadhesin.
  • an epitope-tagged potential ligand IL-22 polypeptide e.g. 8 histidine “His” tag
  • a panel of potential receptor IL-22 polypeptide molecules that have been expressed as fusions with the Fc domain of human IgG (immunoadhesins).
  • the candidate receptors are each immunoprecipitated with protein A beads and the beads are washed.
  • Potential ligand interaction is determined by western blot analysis of the immunoprecipitated complexes with antibody directed towards the epitope tag. An interaction is judged to occur if a band of the anticipated molecular weight of the epitope tagged protein is observed in the western blot analysis with a candidate receptor, but is not observed to occur with the other members of the panel of potential receptors.
  • IL-22 binds to IL-10R ⁇ .
  • FIG. 10 (SEQ ID NO: 3) 2.
  • IL-22 binds to IL-22R
  • FIG. 11 (SEQ ID NO: 4) (See also [Xie et al., J. Biol. Chem (2000) 275, 31335-31339])
  • the TaqManTM reaction is a fluorescent PCR-based technique which makes use of the 5′ exonuclease activity of Taq DNA polymerase enzyme to monitor amplification in real time.
  • Two oligonucleotide primers are used to generate an amplicon typical of a PCR reaction.
  • a third oligonucleotide, or probe is designed to detect nucleotide sequence located between the two PCR primers.
  • the probe is non-extendible by Taq DNA polymerase enzyme, and is labeled with a reporter fluorescent dye and a quencher fluorescent dye. Any laser-induced emission from the reporter dye is quenched by the quenching dye when the two dyes are located close together as they are on the probe.
  • the Taq DNA polymerase enzyme cleaves the probe in a template-dependent manner.
  • the resultant probe fragments disassociate in solution, and signal from the released reporter dye is free from the quenching effect of the second fluorophore.
  • One molecule of reporter dye is liberated for each new molecule synthesized, and detection of the unquenched reporter dye provides the basis for quantitative interpretation of the data.
  • TaqManTM assay data are initially expressed as Ct, or the threshold cycle. This is defined as the cycle at which the reporter signal accumulates above the background level of fluorescence.
  • the ⁇ Ct values are used as quantitative measurement of the relative number of starting copies of a particular target sequence in a nucleic acid sample when comparing cancer results to normal human results.
  • One unit corresponds to 1 PCR cycle or approximately a 2-fold amplification relative to normal, two units corresponds to 4-fold, 3 units to 8-fold amplification and so on. Quantitation was obtained using primers and a TaqManTM fluorescent probe derived from the IL-22 receptor (IL-22R) encoding gene.
  • IL-22R IL-22 receptor
  • Regions of IL-22R which are most likely to contain unique nucleic acid sequences and which are least likely to have spliced out introns are preferred for the primer and probe derivation, e.g., 3′-untranslated regions.
  • the sequences for the primers and probes (forward, reverse and probe) used for the IL-22R gene amplification analysis were as follows:
  • the TaqManTM procedure is run on a real-time quantitative PCR device such as the ABI Prism 7700TM.
  • the system consists of a thermocycler, laser, charge-coupled device (CCD) camera and computer.
  • the system amplifies samples in a 96-well format on a thermocycler.
  • laser-induced fluorescent signal is collected in real-time through fiber optics cables for all 96 wells, and detected at the CCD.
  • the system includes software for running the instrument and for analyzing the data.
  • the fluorometricly determined concentration of mRNA was then used to dilute each sample to 10 ng/ ⁇ l in ddH 2 O. This was done simultaneously on all template samples for a single TaqManTM plate assay, and with enough material to run several assays. The samples were tested in triplicate with TaqmanTM primers and probe both B-actin and GAPDH on a single plate with normal human mRNA, no Reverse Transcriptase added and no-template controls. The reverse transcriptase used was SuperScript II (Life Technologies Inc., Grand Island, N.Y.). The Taq Polymerase, Buffers, and dNTPs were supplied by Perkin Elmer (Perkin Elmer, Applied Biosystems Division, Foster City, Calif. The thermocycler conditions were as follows.
  • Interleukin-22 receptor was expressed highest in pancreas, with expression detected in fetal liver, adult liver, kidney, intestine and colon.
  • 266-6 is a cell line derived from mouse pancreatic acinar cells and was obtained from ATCC (ATCC deposit No. CRL-2151). These cells were cultured in DMEM supplemented with 10% FBS penicillin/streptomycin and 2 mM L-glutamine (Life Technologies Gaithersburg, Md.) and maintained in 5% CO 2 humidified chamber. 266-6 cells were stimulated with control of his-tagged mouse IL-22 containing baculovirus supernatant (100% vol/vol) for 10 minutes at 37° C. Cell lysates were prepared and gel shift assays were performed. Antibodies used for STAT supershift experiments were purchased from Santa Cruz Biotechnology (Santa Cruz, Calif.).
  • STAT binding proteins induced by murine IL-22 could be supershifted with antibodies to STAT 3, as shown in FIG. 5 .
  • the pancreatic beta cell line (NIT-1) does not utilize the JAK-STAT pathway (data not shown).
  • IL-22 Increases Expression of Pancreatitis Associated Protein (PAP1)
  • Pancreatitis Associated Protein is a secreted protein and is overexpressed in acute pancreatitis, with expression levels almost completely absent in normal pancreas [Iovanna et al., J Biol Chem. (1991), 266, 24664-24669].
  • the exact function of PAP1 is unknown, although it is structurally related to the carbohydrate recognition domain of c-type lectins and is a member of the REG family of molecules. Reports have suggested trophic activities for members of the REG family [Nishimune et al., (2000) Nat Cell Biol 2(12), 906-14].
  • Blots were washed 3 ⁇ with 2 ⁇ SSC/0.2% SDS and 1 ⁇ with 0.2 ⁇ SSC/0.1% SDS at 42° C. Blots were exposed to X-OMAT film with intensifying screens for 16 hours. The blots were then stripped and reprobed using a 32 P- ⁇ AATP labeled GAPDH specific oligonucleotide probe. This result is shown in FIG. 6A . Incubation of the 266-6 cells with murine IL-22 resulted in dramatic induction of PAP1 gene expression.
  • primary pancreatic acinar cells were isolated from mouse pancreas by collagenase digestion and incubated for 6 hours with or without purified murine IL-22.
  • RNA was prepared as above and PAP1 expression was examined.
  • murine IL-22 induced substantial upregulation of PAP1 expression in the isolated primary pancreatic acinar cells.
  • mice were injected intraperitoneally with 25 micrograms murine IL-22 or PBS. The mice were harvested at 2, 6 or 24 hours following injection, and their pancreas removed and quick frozen. RNA from this tissue was prepared and Northern Blotting analysis as described in Example 5 was performed using a PAP1 gene specific probe. As shown in FIG. 7 , PAP1 was upregulated within 2 hours of murine IL-22 injection, reaching a peak expression at about 6 hours, and was still induced at 24 hours.
  • IL-10R ⁇ IL-10R ⁇ ( ⁇ / ⁇ ) deficient mice. These mice lack one functional chain of the IL-10R ⁇ /IL-22R complex for IL-22 signaling.
  • IL-10R ⁇ deficient mice were previously reported to lack responsiveness to IL-10. Splenic monocytes isolated from IL-10R ⁇ deficient mice do not exhibit IL-10 mediated inhibition of lipopolysaccharide (LPS) induced IL-6 secretion ( FIG. 8 ) or TNF-alpha (not shown).
  • LPS lipopolysaccharide
  • IL-22 does not appear to effect monocyte response to LPS (Xie et al., (2000) J. Biol. Chem., 275, 31335-31339). IL-22 does not appear to effect monocyte response to LPS.
  • mice that are deficient or “knocked out” for IL-10R ⁇ lack one functional chain of the IL-22R/IL-10R ⁇ receptor complex necessary for IL-22 signaling, and IL-10R ⁇ deficient mice were previously reported to lack IL-10 responsiveness.
  • IL-10R ⁇ deficient mice and wild type mice were injected intraperitoneally with or without murine IL-22 and harvested 16 hours post injection and Northern Blot analysis performed on pancreatic RNA using PAP1 probes as previously described. As the IL-10R ⁇ mice lack one of the chains necessary to transduce an intracellular signal, no induction of PAP1 was evident shown in FIG. 9 . In contrast, wild type mice showed a strong induction of PAP1 expression also shown in FIG. 9 .
  • the following method describes use of a nucleotide sequence encoding IL-22 as a hybridization probe.
  • DNA comprising the coding sequence of full-length or mature IL-22 as disclosed herein is employed as a probe to screen for homologous DNAs (such as those encoding naturally-occurring variants of IL-22) in human tissue cDNA libraries or human tissue genomic libraries.
  • Hybridization and washing of filters containing either library DNAs is performed under the following high stringency conditions.
  • Hybridization of radiolabeled IL-22-derived probe to the filters is performed in a solution of 50% formamide. 5 ⁇ SSC, 0.1% SDS, 0.1% sodium pyrophosphate, 50 mM sodium phosphate, pH 6.8, 2 ⁇ Denhardt's solution, and 10% dextran sulfate at 42° C. for 20 hours. Washing of the filters is performed in an aqueous solution of 0.1 ⁇ SSC and 0.1% SDS at 42° C.
  • DNAs having a desired sequence identity with the DNA encoding full-length native sequence IL-22 can then be identified using standard techniques known in the art.
  • This example illustrates preparation of an unglycosylated form of IL-22 by recombinant expression in E. coli.
  • the DNA sequence encoding IL-22 is initially amplified using selected PCR primers.
  • the primers should contain restriction enzyme sites which correspond to the restriction enzyme sites on the selected expression vector.
  • a variety of expression vectors may be employed.
  • An example of a suitable vector is pBR322 (derived from E. coli ; see Bolivar et al., Gene, 2 :95 (1977)) which contains genes for ampicillin and tetracycline resistance.
  • the vector is digested with restriction enzyme and dephosphorylated.
  • the PCR amplified sequences are then ligated into the vector.
  • the vector will preferably include sequences which encode for an antibiotic resistance gene, a trp promoter, a polyhis leader (including the first six STII codons, polyhis sequence, and enterokinase cleavage site), the IL-22 coding region, lambda transcriptional terminator, and an argU gene.
  • the ligation mixture is then used to transform a selected E. coli strain using the methods described in Sambrook et al., supra. Transformants are identified by their ability to grow on LB plates and antibiotic resistant colonies are then selected. Plasmid DNA can be isolated and confirmed by restriction analysis and DNA sequencing.
  • Selected clones can be grown overnight in liquid culture medium such as LB broth supplemented with antibiotics.
  • the overnight culture may subsequently be used to inoculate a larger scale culture.
  • the cells are then grown to a desired optical density, during which the expression promoter is turned on.
  • the cells After culturing the cells for several more hours, the cells can be harvested by centrifugation.
  • the cell pellet obtained by the centrifugation can be solubilized using various agents known in the art, and the solubilized IL-22 protein can then be purified using a metal chelating column under conditions that allow tight binding of the protein.
  • IL-22 may be expressed in E. coli in a poly-His tagged form, using the following procedure.
  • the DNA encoding IL-22 is initially amplified using selected PCR primers.
  • the primers will contain restriction enzyme sites which correspond to the restriction enzyme sites on the selected expression vector, and other useful sequences providing for efficient and reliable translation initiation, rapid purification on a metal chelation column, and proteolytic removal with enterokinase.
  • the PCR-amplified, poly-His tagged sequences are then ligated into an expression vector, which is used to transform an E. coli host based on strain 52 (W3110 fuhA(tonA) lon galE rpoHts(htpRts) clpP(lacIq).
  • Transformants are first grown in LB containing 50 mg/ml carbenicillin at 30° C. with shaking until an O.D.600 of 3-5 is reached. Cultures are then diluted 50-100 fold into CRAP media (prepared by mixing 3.57 g (NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 , 0.71 g sodium citrate.2H2O, 1.07 g KCl, 5.36 g Difco yeast extract. 5.36 g Sheffield hycase SF in 500 mL water, as well as 110 mM MPOS, pH 7.3, 0.55% (w/v) glucose and 7 mM MgSO 4 ) and grown for approximately 20-30 hours at 30° C. with shaking. Samples are removed to verify expression by SDS-PAGE analysis, and the bulk culture is centrifuged to pellet the cells. Cell pellets are frozen until purification and refolding.
  • CRAP media prepared by mixing 3.57 g (NH 4 ) 2 SO 4 , 0.71 g sodium citrate.2H2O, 1.07 g
  • E. coli paste from 0.5 to 1 L fermentations (6-10 g pellets) is resuspended in 10 volumes (w/v) in 7 M guanidine, 20 mM Tris, pH 8 buffer.
  • Solid sodium sulfite and sodium tetrathionate is added to make final concentrations of 0.1M and 0.02 M, respectively, and the solution is stirred overnight at 4° C. This step results in a denatured protein with all cysteine residues blocked by sulfitolization.
  • the solution is centrifuged at 40,000 rpm in a Beckman Ultracentifuge for 30 min.
  • the supernatant is diluted with 3-5 volumes of metal chelate column buffer (6 M guanidine, 20 mM Tris, pH 7.4) and filtered through 0.22 micron filters to clarify.
  • the clarified extract is loaded onto a 5 ml Qiagen Ni-NTA metal chelate column equilibrated in the metal chelate column buffer.
  • the column is washed with additional buffer containing 50 mM imidazole (Calbiochem, Utrol grade), pH 7.4.
  • the protein is eluted with buffer containing 250 mM imidazole. Fractions containing the desired protein are pooled and stored at 4° C. Protein concentration is estimated by its absorbance at 280 nm using the calculated extinction coefficient based on its amino acid sequence.
  • the proteins are refolded by diluting the sample slowly into freshly prepared refolding buffer consisting of: 20 mM Tris, pH 8.6, 0.3 M NaCl, 2.5 M urea, 5 mM cysteine, 20 mM glycine and 1 mM EDTA. Refolding volumes are chosen so that the final protein concentration is between 50 to 100 micrograms/ml.
  • the refolding solution is stirred gently at 4° C. for 12-36 hours.
  • the refolding reaction is quenched by the addition of TFA to a final concentration of 0.4% (pH of approximately 3).
  • the solution is filtered through a 0.22 micron filter and acetonitrile is added to 2-10% final concentration.
  • the refolded protein is chromatographed on a Poros R1/H reversed phase column using a mobile buffer of 0.1% TFA with elution with a gradient of acetonitrile from 10 to 80%. Aliquots of fractions with A280 absorbance are analyzed on SDS polyacrylamide gels and fractions containing homogeneous refolded protein are pooled. Generally, the properly refolded species of most proteins are eluted at the lowest concentrations of acetonitrile since those species are the most compact with their hydrophobic interiors shielded from interaction with the reversed phase resin. Aggregated species are usually eluted at higher acetonitrile concentrations. In addition to resolving misfolded forms of proteins from the desired form, the reversed phase step also removes endotoxin from the samples.
  • Fractions containing the desired folded IL-22 polypeptide are pooled and the acetonitrile removed using a gentle stream of nitrogen directed at the solution. Proteins are formulated into 20 mM Hepes, pH 6.8 with 0.14 M sodium chloride and 4% mannitol by dialysis or by gel filtration using G25 Superfine (Pharmacia) resins equilibrated in the formulation buffer and sterile filtered.
  • This example illustrates preparation of a potentially glycosylated form of IL-22 by recombinant expression in mammalian cells.
  • the vector, pRK5 (see EP 307,247, published Mar. 15, 1989), is employed as the expression vector.
  • the IL-22 DNA is ligated into pRK5 with selected restriction enzymes to allow insertion of the IL-22 DNA using ligation methods such as described in Sambrook et al., supra.
  • the resulting vector is called pRK5-IL-22.
  • the selected host cells may be 293 cells.
  • Human 293 cells (ATCC CCL 1573) are grown to confluence in tissue culture plates in medium such as DMEM supplemented with fetal calf serum and optionally, nutrient components and/or antibiotics.
  • About 10 ⁇ g pRK5-IL-22 DNA is mixed with about 1 ⁇ g DNA encoding the VA RNA gene [Thimmappaya et al., Cell, 31:543 (1982)] and dissolved in 500 ⁇ l of 1 mM Tris-HCl, 0.1 mM EDTA, 0.227 M CaCl 2 .
  • the culture medium is removed and replaced with culture medium (alone) or culture medium containing 200 ⁇ Ci/ml 35 S-cysteine and 200 ⁇ Ci/ml ⁇ S-methionine.
  • culture medium alone
  • culture medium containing 200 ⁇ Ci/ml 35 S-cysteine and 200 ⁇ Ci/ml ⁇ S-methionine After a 12 hour incubation, the conditioned medium is collected, concentrated on a spin filter, and loaded onto a 15% SDS gel. The processed gel may be dried and exposed to film for a selected period of time to reveal the presence of IL-22 polypeptide.
  • the cultures containing transfected cells may undergo further incubation (in serum free medium) and the medium is tested in selected bioassays.
  • IL-22 may be introduced into 293 cells transiently using the dextran sulfate method described by Somparyrac et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 12:7575 (1981). 293 cells are grown to maximal density in a spinner flask and 700 ⁇ g pRK5-IL-22 DNA is added. The cells are first concentrated from the spinner flask by centrifugation and washed with PBS. The DNA-dextran precipitate is incubated on the cell pellet for four hours.
  • the cells are treated with 20% glycerol for 90 seconds, washed with tissue culture medium, and re-introduced into the spinner flask containing tissue culture medium, 5 ⁇ g/ml bovine insulin and 0.1 ⁇ g/ml bovine transferrin. After about four days, the conditioned media is centrifuged and filtered to remove cells and debris. The sample containing expressed IL-22 can then be concentrated and purified by any selected method, such as dialysis and/or column chromatography.
  • IL-22 can be expressed in CHO cells.
  • the pRK5-IL-22 can be transfected into CHO cells using known reagents such as CaPO 4 or DEAE-dextran.
  • the cell cultures can be incubated, and the medium replaced with culture medium (alone) or medium containing a radiolabel such as 35 S-methionine.
  • the culture medium may be replaced with serum free medium.
  • the cultures are incubated for about 6 days, and then the conditioned medium is harvested.
  • the medium containing the expressed IL-22 can then be concentrated and purified by any selected method.
  • Epitope-tagged IL-22 may also be expressed in host CHO cells.
  • the IL-22 may be subcloned out of the pRK5 vector.
  • the subclone insert can undergo PCR to fuse in frame with a selected epitope tag such as a poly-his tag into a Baculovirus expression vector.
  • the poly-his tagged IL-22 insert can then be subcloned into a SV40 driven vector containing a selection marker such as DHFR for selection of stable clones.
  • the CHO cells can be transfected (as described above) with the SV40 driven vector. Labeling may be performed, as described above, to verify expression.
  • the culture medium containing the expressed poly-His tagged IL-22 can then be concentrated and purified by any selected method, such as by Ni 2+ -chelate affinity chromatography.
  • IL-22 may also be expressed in CHO and/or COS cells by a transient expression procedure or in CHO cells by another stable expression procedure.
  • Stable expression in CHO cells is performed using the following procedure.
  • the proteins are expressed as an IgG construct (immunoadhesin), in which the coding sequences for the soluble forms (e.g. extracellular domains) of the respective proteins are fused to an IgG1 constant region sequence containing the hinge, CH2 and CH2 domains and/or is a poly-His tagged form.
  • CHO expression vectors are constructed to have compatible restriction sites 5′ and 3′ of the DNA of interest to allow the convenient shuttling of cDNA's.
  • the vector used expression in CHO cells is as described in Lucas et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 24:9 (1774-1779 (1996), and uses the SV40 early promoter/enhancer to drive expression of the cDNA of interest and dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR).
  • DHFR expression permits selection for stable maintenance of the plasmid following transfection.
  • Twelve micrograms of the desired plasmid DNA is introduced into approximately 10 million CHO cells using commercially available transfection reagents Superfect® (Quiagen), Dosper® or Fugene® (Boehringer Mannheim). The cells are grown as described in Lucas et al., supra. Approximately 3 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 cells are frozen in an ampule for further growth and production as described below.
  • the ampules containing the plasmid DNA are thawed by placement into water bath and mixed by vortexing.
  • the contents are pipetted into a centrifuge tube containing 10 mLs of media and centrifuged at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes.
  • the supernatant is aspirated and the cells are resuspended in 10 mL of selective media (0.2 ⁇ m filtered PS20 with 5% 0.2 ⁇ m diafiltered fetal bovine serum).
  • the cells are then aliquoted into a 100 mL spinner containing 90 mL of selective media. After 1-2 days, the cells are transferred into a 250 mL spinner filled with 150 mL selective growth medium and incubated at 37° C.
  • spinners After another 2-3 days, 250 mL, 500 mL and 2000 mL spinners are seeded with 3 ⁇ 10 5 cells/mL.
  • the cell media is exchanged with fresh media by centrifugation and resuspension in production medium.
  • any suitable CHO media may be employed, a production medium described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,122,469, issued Jun. 16, 1992 may actually be used.
  • a 3 L production spinner is seeded at 1.2 ⁇ 10 6 cells/mL. On day 0, the cell number pH ie determined. On day 1, the spinner is sampled and sparging with filtered air is commenced.
  • the spinner On day 2, the spinner is sampled, the temperature shifted to 33° C., and 30 mL of 500 g/L glucose and 0.6 mL of 10% antifoam (e.g., 35% polydimethylsiloxane emulsion, Dow Corning 365 Medical Grade Emulsion) taken. Throughout the production, the pH is adjusted as necessary to keep it at around 7.2. After 10 days, or until the viability dropped below 70%, the cell culture is harvested by centrifugation and filtering through a 0.22 ⁇ m filter. The filtrate was either stored at 4° C. or immediately loaded onto columns for purification.
  • 10% antifoam e.g., 35% polydimethylsiloxane emulsion, Dow Corning 365 Medical Grade Emulsion
  • the proteins are purified using a Ni-NTA column (Qiagen). Before purification, imidazole is added to the conditioned media to a concentration of 5 mM. The conditioned media is pumped onto a 6 ml Ni-NTA column equilibrated in 20 mM Hepes, pH 7.4, buffer containing 0.3 M NaCl and 5 mM imidazole at a flow rate of 4-5 ml/min. at 4° C. After loading, the column is washed with additional equilibration buffer and the protein eluted with equilibration buffer containing 0.25 M imidazole.
  • the highly purified protein is subsequently desalted into a storage buffer containing 10 mM Hepes, 0.14 M NaCl and 4% mannitol, pH 6.8, with a 25 ml G25 Superfine (Pharmacia) column and stored at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Immunoadhesin (Fc-containing) constructs are purified from the conditioned media as follows.
  • the conditioned medium is pumped onto a 5 ml Protein A column (Pharmacia) which had been equilibrated in 20 mM Na phosphate buffer, pH 6.8. After loading, the column is washed extensively with equilibration buffer before elution with 100 mM citric acid, pH 3.5.
  • the eluted protein is immediately neutralized by collecting 1 ml fractions into tubes containing 275 ⁇ L of 1 M Tris buffer, pH 9.
  • the highly purified protein is subsequently desalted into storage buffer as described above for the poly-His tagged proteins. The homogeneity is assessed by SDS polyacrylamide gels and by N-terminal amino acid sequencing by Edman degradation.
  • the following method describes recombinant expression of IL-22 in yeast.
  • yeast expression vectors are constructed for intracellular production or secretion of IL-22 from the ADH2/GAPDH promoter.
  • DNA encoding IL-22 and the promoter is inserted into suitable restriction enzyme sites in the selected plasmid to direct intracellular expression of IL-22.
  • DNA encoding IL-22 can be cloned into the selected plasmid, together with DNA encoding the ADH2/GAPDH promoter, a native IL-22 signal peptide or other mammalian signal peptide, or, for example, a yeast alpha-factor or invertase secretory signal/leader sequence, and linker sequences (if needed) for expression of IL-22.
  • yeast cells such as yeast strain AB110
  • yeast cells can then be transformed with the expression plasmids described above and cultured in selected fermentation media.
  • the transformed yeast supernatants can be analyzed by precipitation with 10% trichloroacetic acid and separation by SDS-PAGE, followed by staining of the gels with Coomassie Blue stain.
  • Recombinant IL-22 can subsequently be isolated and purified by removing the yeast cells from the fermentation medium by centrifugation and then concentrating the medium using selected cartridge filters.
  • the concentrate containing IL-22 may further be purified using selected column chromatography resins.
  • the following method describes recombinant expression of IL-22 in Baculovirus-infected insect cells.
  • the sequence coding for IL-22 is fused upstream of an epitope tag contained within a baculovirus expression vector.
  • epitope tags include poly-his tags and immunoglobulin tags (like Fc regions of IgG).
  • a variety of plasmids may be employed, including plasmids derived from commercially available plasmids such as pVL1393 (Novagen).
  • the sequence encoding IL-22 or the desired portion of the coding sequence of IL-22 such as the sequence encoding the extracellular domain of a transmembrane protein or the sequence encoding the mature protein if the protein is extracellular is amplified by PCR with primers complementary to the 5′ and 3′ regions.
  • the 5′ primer may incorporate flanking (selected) restriction enzyme sites.
  • the product is then digested with those selected restriction enzymes and subcloned into the expression vector.
  • Recombinant baculovirus is generated by co-transfecting the above plasmid and BaculoGoldTM virus DNA (Pharmingen) into Spodoptera frugiperda (“Sf9”) cells (ATCC CRL 1711) using lipofectin (commercially available from GIBCO-BRL). After 4-5 days of incubation at 28° C., the released viruses are harvested and used for further amplifications. Viral infection and protein expression are performed as described by O'Reilley et al., Baculovirus expression vectors: A Laboratory Manual , Oxford: Oxford University Press (1994).
  • Expressed poly-his tagged IL-22 can then be purified, for example, by Ni 2+ chelate affinity chromatography as follows. Extracts are prepared from recombinant virus-infected Sf9 cells as described by Rupert et al., Nature, 362:175-179 (1993). Briefly, Sf9 cells are washed, resuspended in sonication buffer (25 mL Hepes, pH 7.9; 12.5 mM MgCl 2 ; 0.1 mM EDTA; 10% glycerol; 0.1% NP-40; 0.4 M KCl), and sonicated twice for 20 seconds on ice.
  • sonication buffer 25 mL Hepes, pH 7.9; 12.5 mM MgCl 2 ; 0.1 mM EDTA; 10% glycerol; 0.1% NP-40; 0.4 M KCl
  • the sonicates are cleared by centrifugation, and the supernatant is diluted 50-fold in loading buffer (50 mM phosphate, 300 mM NaCl, 10% glycerol, pH 7.8) and filtered through a 0.45 ⁇ m filter.
  • loading buffer 50 mM phosphate, 300 mM NaCl, 10% glycerol, pH 7.8
  • a Ni 2+ NTA agarose column (commercially available from Qiagen) is prepared with a bed volume of 5 mL, washed with 25 mL of water and equilibrated with 25 mL of loading buffer.
  • the filtered cell extract is loaded onto the column at 0.5 mL per minute.
  • the column is washed to baseline A 280 with loading buffer, at which point fraction collection is started.
  • the column is washed with a secondary wash buffer (50 mM phosphate; 300 mM NaCl, 10% glycerol, pH 6.0), which elutes nonspecifically bound protein.
  • a secondary wash buffer 50 mM phosphate; 300 mM NaCl, 10% glycerol, pH 6.0
  • the column is developed with a 0 to 500 mM Imidazole gradient in the secondary wash buffer.
  • One mL fractions are collected and analyzed by SDS-PAGE and silver staining or Western blot with Ni 2+ ⁇ NTA-conjugated to alkaline phosphatase (Qiagen). Fractions containing the eluted His 10 -tagged IL-22 are pooled and dialyzed against loading buffer.
  • purification of the IgG tagged (or Fc tagged) IL-22 can be performed using known chromatography techniques, including for instance, Protein A or protein G column chromatography.
  • This example illustrates preparation of monoclonal antibodies which can specifically bind IL-22.
  • Techniques for producing the monoclonal antibodies are known in the art and are described, for instance, in Goding, supra.
  • Immunogens that may be employed include purified IL-22, fusion proteins containing IL-22, and cells expressing recombinant IL-22 on the cell surface. Selection of the immunogen can be made by the skilled artisan without undue experimentation.
  • mice such as Balb/c are immunized with the IL-22 immunogen emulsified in complete Freund's adjuvant and injected subcutaneously or intraperitoneally in an amount from 1-100 micrograms.
  • the immunogen is emulsified in MPL-TDM adjuvant (Ribi Immunochemical Research, Hamilton, Mont.) and injected into the animal's hind foot pads.
  • MPL-TDM adjuvant Ribi Immunochemical Research, Hamilton, Mont.
  • the immunized mice are then boosted 10 to 12 days later with additional immunogen emulsified in the selected adjuvant. Thereafter, for several weeks, the mice may also be boosted with additional immunization injections. Serum samples may be periodically obtained from the mice by retro-orbital bleeding for testing in ELISA assays to detect anti-IL-22 antibodies.
  • the animals “positive” for antibodies can be injected with a final intravenous injection of IL-22.
  • the mice Three to four days later, the mice are sacrificed and the spleen cells are harvested.
  • the spleen cells are then fused (using 35% polyethylene glycol) to a selected murine myeloma cell line such as P3X63AgU.1, available from ATCC, No. CRL 1597.
  • the fusions generate hybridoma cells which can then be plated in 96 well tissue culture plates containing HAT (hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine) medium to inhibit proliferation of non-fused cells, myeloma hybrids, and spleen cell hybrids.
  • HAT hyperxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine
  • hybridoma cells will be screened in an ELISA for reactivity against IL-22. Determination of “positive” hybridoma cells secreting the desired monoclonal antibodies against IL-22 is within the skill in the art.
  • the positive hybridoma cells can be injected intraperitoneally into syngeneic Balb/c mice to produce ascites containing the anti-IL-22 monoclonal antibodies.
  • the hybridoma cells can be grown in tissue culture flasks or roller bottles. Purification of the monoclonal antibodies produced in the ascites can be accomplished using ammonium sulfate precipitation, followed by gel exclusion chromatography. Alternatively, affinity chromatography based upon binding of antibody to protein A or protein G can be employed.
  • Native or recombinant IL-22 polypeptides may be purified by a variety of standard techniques in the art of protein purification.
  • pro-IL-22 polypeptide, mature IL-22 polypeptide, or pre-IL-22 polypeptide is purified by immunoaffinity chromatography using antibodies specific for the IL-22 polypeptide of interest.
  • an immunoaffinity column is constructed by covalently coupling the anti-IL-22 polypeptide antibody to an activated chromatographic resin.
  • Polyclonal immunoglobulins are prepared from immune sera either by precipitation with ammonium sulfate or by purification on immobilized Protein A (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology, Piscataway, N.J.). Likewise, monoclonal antibodies are prepared from mouse ascites fluid by ammonium sulfate precipitation or chromatography on immobilized Protein A. Partially purified immunoglobulin is covalently attached to a chromatographic resin such as CnBr-activated SEPHAROSETM (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology). The antibody is coupled to the resin, the resin is blocked, and the derivative resin is washed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • a chromatographic resin such as CnBr-activated SEPHAROSETM (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology). The antibody is coupled to the resin, the resin is blocked, and the derivative resin is washed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Such an immunoaffinity column is utilized in the purification of IL-22 polypeptide by preparing a fraction from cells containing IL-22 polypeptide in a soluble form. This preparation is derived by solubilization of the whole cell or of a subcellular fraction obtained via differential centrifugation by the addition of detergent or by other methods well known in the art. Alternatively, soluble IL-22 polypeptide containing a signal sequence may be secreted in useful quantity into the medium in which the cells are grown.
  • a soluble IL-22 polypeptide-containing preparation is passed over the immunoaffinity column, and the column is washed under conditions that allow the preferential absorbance of IL-22 polypeptide (e.g., high ionic strength buffers in the presence of detergent). Then, the column is eluted under conditions that disrupt antibody/IL-22 polypeptide binding (e.g., a low pH buffer such as approximately pH 2-3, or a high concentration of a chaotrope such as urea or thiocyanate ion), and IL-22 polypeptide is collected.
  • a low pH buffer such as approximately pH 2-3
  • a chaotrope such as urea or thiocyanate ion
  • This invention is particularly useful for screening compounds by using IL-22 polypeptides or binding fragment thereof in any of a variety of drug screening techniques.
  • the IL-22 polypeptide or fragment employed in such a test may either be free in solution, affixed to a solid support, borne on a cell surface, or located intracellularly.
  • One method of drug screening utilizes eukaryotic or prokaryotic host cells which are stably transformed with recombinant nucleic acids expressing the IL-22 polypeptide or fragment. Drugs are screened against such transformed cells in competitive binding assays. Such cells, either in viable or fixed form, can be used for standard binding assays. One may measure, for example, the formation of complexes between IL-22 polypeptide or a fragment and the agent being tested. Alternatively, one can examine the diminution in complex formation between the IL-22 polypeptide and its target cell or target receptors caused by the agent being tested.
  • the present invention provides methods of screening for drugs or any other agents which can affect an IL-22 polypeptide-associated disease or disorder. These methods comprise contacting such an agent with an IL-22 polypeptide or fragment thereof and assaying (1) for the presence of a complex between the agent and the IL-22 polypeptide or fragment, or (ii) for the presence of a complex between the IL-22 polypeptide or fragment and the cell, by methods well known in the art. In such competitive binding assays, the IL-22 polypeptide or fragment is typically labeled.
  • free IL-22 polypeptide or fragment is separated from that present in bound form, and the amount of free or uncomplexed label is a measure of the ability of the particular agent to bind to IL-22 polypeptide or to interfere with the IL-22 polypeptide/cell complex.
  • Another technique for drug screening provides high throughput screening for compounds having suitable binding affinity to a polypeptide and is described in detail in WO 84/03564, published on Sep. 13, 1984. Briefly stated, large numbers of different small peptide test compounds are synthesized on a solid substrate, such as plastic pins or some other surface. As applied to an IL-22 polypeptide, the peptide test compounds are reacted with IL-22 polypeptide and washed. Bound IL-22 polypeptide is detected by methods well known in the art. Purified IL-22 polypeptide can also be coated directly onto plates for use in the aforementioned drug screening techniques. In addition, non-neutralizing antibodies can be used to capture the peptide and immobilize it on the solid support.
  • This invention also contemplates the use of competitive drug screening assays in which neutralizing antibodies capable of binding IL-22 polypeptide specifically compete with a test compound for binding to IL-22 polypeptide or fragments thereof. In this manner, the antibodies can be used to detect the presence of any peptide which shares one or more antigenic determinants with IL-22 polypeptide.
  • the goal of rational drug design is to produce structural analogs of biologically active polypeptide of interest (i.e., an IL-22 polypeptide) or of small molecules with which they interact, e.g., agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors. Any of these examples can be used to fashion drugs which are more active or stable forms of the IL-22 polypeptide or which enhance or interfere with the function of the IL-22 polypeptide in vivo (c.f., Hodgson, Bio/Technology, 9: 19-21 (1991)).
  • the three-dimensional structure of the IL-22 polypeptide, or of an IL-22 polypeptide-inhibitor complex is determined by x-ray crystallography, by computer modeling or, most typically, by a combination of the two approaches. Both the shape and charges of the IL-22 polypeptide must be ascertained to elucidate the structure and to determine active site(s) of the molecule. Less often, useful information regarding the structure of the IL-22 polypeptide may be gained by modeling based on the structure of homologous proteins. In both cases, relevant structural information is used to design analogous IL-22 polypeptide-like molecules or to identify efficient inhibitors.
  • Useful examples of rational drug design may include molecules which have improved activity or stability as shown by Braxton and Wells, Biochemistry, 31:7796-7801 (1992) or which act as inhibitors, agonists, or antagonists of native peptides as shown by Athauda et al., J. Biochem., 113:742-746 (1993).
  • a target-specific antibody selected by functional assay, as described above, and then to solve its crystal structure.
  • This approach in principle, yields a pharmacore upon which subsequent drug design can be based. It is possible to bypass protein crystallography altogether by generating anti-idiotypic antibodies (anti-ids) to a functional, pharmacologically active antibody. As a mirror image of a mirror image, the binding site of the anti-ids would be expected to be an analog of the original receptor. The anti-id could then be used to identify and isolate peptides from banks of chemically or biologically produced peptides. The isolated peptides would then act as the pharmacore.
  • anti-ids anti-idiotypic antibodies
  • IL-22 polypeptide may be made available to perform such analytical studies as X-ray crystallography.
  • knowledge of the IL-22 polypeptide amino acid sequence provided herein will provide guidance to those employing computer modeling techniques in place of or in addition to x-ray crystallography.

Abstract

The present invention is directed to interleukin-22 polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules encoding those polypeptides. Also provided herein are vectors and host cells comprising those nucleic acid sequences, chimeric polypeptide molecules comprising the polypeptides of the present invention fused to heterologous polypeptide sequences, antibodies which bind to the polypeptides of the present invention and to methods for producing the polypeptides of the present invention.

Description

    RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a divisional of, and claims priority under 35 U.S.C. § 120 to, U.S. application Ser. No. 11/627,492 filed on Jan. 26, 2007, which is a divisional application of 10/238,565 filed on Sep. 10, 2002, which is a divisional of, and claims priority under 35 U.S.C. § 120 to, U.S. application Ser. No. 09/870,574 filed on May 30, 2001, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,551,799, which is a continuation of, and claims priority under 35 U.S.C.§ 120 to, PCT Application PCT/US00/23328 filed on Aug. 24, 2000, which is a continuation-in-part of, and claims priority under 35 U.S.C. § 120 to, PCT Application PCT/US00/14042 filed on May 22, 2000, which claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119 to Provisional Application No. 60/169,495 filed on Dec. 7, 1999, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates generally to the identification and isolation of interleukin-22 (IL-22) and to methods of treatment of pancreatic disorders.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • The pancreas is a large gland located behind the stomach and close to the duodenum. It secretes digestive enzymes that enter the small intestine via a duct. These enzymes facilitate the digestion of proteins, fats and carbohydrates. In addition to the digestive enzymes the pancreas also releases insulin and glucagon, which play an important role in sugar metabolism.
  • Pancreatitis is a disease in which the pancreas becomes inflamed. Damage to the pancreas occurs when digestive enzymes are activated and begin attacking the gland. In severe cases, there many be bleeding into the gland, tissue damage, infection and cyst formation. There are two forms of pancreatitis. An acute form which occurs suddenly and may be life threatening. A chronic form of pancreatitis may arise if the patient persists in drinking alcohol, which results in the reduction of pancreatic function and severe pain and weight loss. There are approximately 50,000 to 80,000 cases of acute pancreatitis in the United States each year. It is more common in men than in women.
  • Currently, diagnosis of pancreatitis is difficult. Usually pancreatic function tests help the physician determine if there are enough pancreatic enzymes being made. CA-T scan can determine if there are abnormalities in the gland itself, such as gallstones, which are frequently associated with this disorder. As chronic pancreatitis is a leading risk factor for pancreatic cancer, it should be treated as soon as the diagnosis is made.
  • The pancreas is comprised of about 80% acinar cells, 1%-2% islet cells and 10%-15% of cuboidal ductal cells. Acinar cell carcinoma accounts for 1%-2% of pancreatic carcinoma, with an additional 10%-15% of pancreatic carcinoma comprised of acinar cells and other cell types [Nomura et al., Ultra. Path. (1992) 16:317-329]. All of the causes of acute pancreatitis affect the acinar cells in a way that results in the activation and retention of the digestive enzymes, which injure the acinar cell and cause the release of cytokines. The cytokines attract inflammatory cells, especially neutrophils, leading to further secretion of cytokines. It is proposed that the released inflammatory molecules induce pancreatic edema, and local necrosis. Certain studies have suggested that cytokine inhibitors may improve the course of pancreatitis in specific clinical settings.
  • Interleukin-22 (IL-22) is a newly identified cytokine produced by activated T cells and is related to interleukin-10 (IL-10). IL-22 signals through a receptor complex comprised of CRF2-4, also known as IL-10Rÿ, and a new member of the class II cytokine receptor family, interleukin-22 receptor (IL-22R) [Xie et al., J. Biol. Chem. (2000) 275, 31335-31339]. Of the members of this receptor complex, IL-10Rÿ is expressed in several tissues while the expression of IL-22R is fairly restricted with high expression in the pancreas, suggesting that IL-22R is controlling the site of action of IL-22. As an example, murine IL-22 induces changes in gene expression in pancreatic acinar cells of several genes including pancreatitis associated protein (PAP1), a gene overexpressed in acute pancreatitis [Iovanna et al, J. Biol. Chem. (1991) 266, 24664-24669]. IL-22 signaling through a receptor complex that is highly expressed in pancreas, suggests that IL-22 may modulate an immune/inflammatory response in the pancreas, and may be involved in diseases of the pancreas including pancreatitis.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides an isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleotide sequence that encodes an interleukin-22 (IL-22) polypeptide.
  • In one aspect, the isolated nucleic acid molecule comprises a nucleotide sequence having at least about 80% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 81% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 82% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 83% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 84% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 85% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 86% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 87% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 88% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 89% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 90% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 91% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 92% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 93% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 94% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 95% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 96% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 97% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 98% nucleic acid sequence identity and alternatively at least about 99% nucleic acid sequence identity to (a) a DNA molecule encoding an IL-22 polypeptide having the sequence of amino acid residues from about 1 or about 33 to about 179, inclusive, of FIG. 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2), (b) an amino acid sequence lacking the signal peptide of about amino acids 1 to X, wherein X is any amino acid from 29 to 38 of FIG. 2 (SEQ ID NO:2) or any other specifically defined fragment of the full-length amino acid sequence as disclosed herein, or (c) the complement of the DNA molecule of (a).
  • In other aspects, the isolated nucleic acid molecule comprises a nucleotide sequence having at least about 80% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 81% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 82% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 83% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 84% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 85% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 86% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 87% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 88% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 89% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 90% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 91% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 92% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 93% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 94% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 95% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 96% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 97% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 98% nucleic acid sequence identity and alternatively at least about 99% nucleic acid sequence identity to (a) a DNA molecule comprising the sequence of nucleotides from about 58 or about 157 to about 594, inclusive, of the cDNA as disclosed in FIG. 1 (SEQ ID NO: 1), or (b) the complement of the DNA molecule of (a).
  • In a further aspect, the invention concerns an isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleotide sequence having at least about 80% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 81% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 82% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 83% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 84% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 85% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 86% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 87% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 88% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 89% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 90% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 91% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 92% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 93% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 94% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 95% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 96% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 97% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 98% nucleic acid sequence identity and alternatively at least about 99% nucleic acid sequence identity to (a) a DNA molecule that encodes the same mature polypeptide encoded by the human protein cDNA deposited with the ATCC on Dec. 7, 1999 under the ATCC deposit number PTA-1031 (DNA1251852806) or (b) the complement of the DNA molecule of (a).
  • Another embodiment is directed to fragments of an IL-22 polypeptide coding sequence, or the complement thereof, that may find use as, for example, hybridization probes, for encoding fragments of an IL-22 polypeptide that may optionally encode a polypeptide comprising a binding site for an anti-IL-22 antibody or as antisense oligonucleotide probes. Such nucleic acid fragments are usually at least about 10 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 15 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 20 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 30 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 40 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 50 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 60 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 70 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 80 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 90 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 100 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 110 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 120 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 130 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 140 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 150 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 160 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 170 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 180 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 190 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 200 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 250 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 300 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 350 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 400 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 450 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 500 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 600 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 700 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 800 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 900 nucleotides in length and alternatively at least about 1000 nucleotides in length, wherein in this context the term “about” means the referenced nucleotide sequence length plus or minus 10% of that referenced length. It is noted that novel fragments of an IL-22 polypeptide-encoding nucleotide sequence may be determined in a routine manner by aligning the IL-22 polypeptide-encoding nucleotide sequence with other known nucleotide sequences using any of a number of well known sequence alignment programs and determining which IL-22 polypeptide-encoding nucleotide sequence fragment(s) are novel. All of such IL-22 polypeptide-encoding nucleotide sequences are contemplated herein. Also contemplated are the IL-22 polypeptide fragments encoded by these nucleotide molecule fragments, preferably those IL-22 polypeptide fragments that comprise a binding site for an anti-IL-22 antibody.
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides isolated IL-22 polypeptide encoded by any of the isolated nucleic acid sequences herein above identified.
  • In a certain aspect, the invention concerns an isolated IL-22 polypeptide, comprising an amino acid sequence having at least about 80% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 81% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 82% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 83% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 84% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 85% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 86% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 87% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 88% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 89% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 90% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 91% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 92% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 93% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 94% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 95% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 96% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 97% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 98% amino acid sequence identity and alternatively at least about 99% amino acid sequence identity to (a) an IL-22 polypeptide having a full-length amino acid sequence as disclosed in FIG. 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2), (b) an amino acid sequence lacking the signal peptide from about 1 to X, wherein X is any amino acid from about 29 to about 38 as disclosed in FIG. 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2), or any other specifically defined fragment of the full-length amino acid sequence as disclosed herein.
  • In a further aspect, the invention concerns an isolated IL-22 polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence having at least about 80% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 81% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 82% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 83% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 84% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 85% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 86% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 87% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 88% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 89% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 90% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 91% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 92% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 93% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 94% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 95% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 96% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 97% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 98% amino acid sequence identity and alternatively at least about 99% amino acid sequence identity to an amino acid sequence encoded by the IL-22 cDNA deposited with the ATCC on Dec. 7, 1999 under the ATCC deposit number PTA-1031 (DNA125185-2806).
  • In a specific aspect, the invention provides an isolated IL-22 polypeptide without the N-terminal signal sequence and/or the initiating methionine and is encoded by a nucleotide sequence that encodes such an amino acid sequence as hereinbefore described. Processes for producing the same are also herein described, wherein those processes comprise culturing a host cell comprising a vector which comprises the appropriate encoding nucleic acid molecule under conditions suitable for expression of the IL-22 polypeptide and recovering the IL-22 polypeptide from the cell culture.
  • In yet another embodiment, the invention concerns agonists and antagonists of a native IL-22 polypeptide as defined herein. In a particular embodiment, the agonist or antagonist is an anti-IL-22 antibody or a small molecule.
  • In a further embodiment, the invention concerns a method of identifying agonists or antagonists to an IL-22 polypeptide which comprise contacting the IL-22 polypeptide with a candidate molecule and monitoring a biological activity mediated by said IL-22 polypeptide. Preferably, the IL-22 polypeptide is a native IL-22 polypeptide.
  • In a still further embodiment, the invention concerns a composition of matter comprising an IL-22 polypeptide, or an agonist or antagonist of an IL-22 polypeptide as herein described, or an anti-IL-22 antibody, in combination with a carrier. Optionally, the carrier is a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is directed to the use of an IL-22 polypeptide, or an agonist or antagonist thereof” as hereinbefore described, or an anti-IL-22 antibody, for the preparation of a medicament useful in the treatment of a condition which is responsive to the IL-22 polypeptide, an agonist or antagonist thereof or an anti-IL-22 antibody.
  • In other embodiments of the present invention, the invention provides vectors comprising DNA encoding any of the herein described polypeptides. Host cell comprising any such vector are also provided. By way of example, the host cells may be CHO cells, E. coli, or yeast. A process for producing any of the herein described polypeptides is further provided and comprises culturing host cells under conditions suitable for expression of the desired polypeptide and recovering the desired polypeptide from the cell culture.
  • In other embodiments, the invention provides chimeric molecules comprising any of the herein described polypeptides fused to a heterologous polypeptide or amino acid sequence. Example of such chimeric molecules comprise any of the herein described polypeptides fused to an epitope tag sequence or a Fc region of an immunoglobulin.
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides an antibody which binds, preferably specifically, to any of the above or below described polypeptides. Optionally, the antibody is a monoclonal antibody, humanized antibody, antibody fragment or single-chain antibody.
  • In yet other embodiments, the invention provides oligonucleotide probes which may be useful for isolating genomic and cDNA nucleotide sequences, measuring or detecting expression of an associated gene or as antisense probes, wherein those probes may be derived from any of the above or below described nucleotide sequences. Preferred probe lengths are described above.
  • In other embodiments, the invention provides for methods of detecting, diagnosing and treating pancreatic disorders by contacting biological samples suspected of pancreatic disorders. Detection and diagnosis of a pancreatic disorder in the biological sample may include determining level of IL-22 expression, effects of IL-22 expression on PAP1, or probing the biological sample with IL-22. Treatment may include contacting the biological sample with antagonists to IL-22, reduction of IL-22 expression or inhibition of IL-22 binding to a receptor.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 shows a nucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO:1) of a native sequence IL-22 cDNA, wherein SEQ ID NO:1 is a clone designated herein as “DNA125185-2806”.
  • FIG. 2 shows the amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:2) derived from the coding sequence of SEQ ID NO:1 shown in FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 3 shows Northern Blots probed with an interleukin-22 receptor probe.
  • FIG. 4 shows the expression of interleukin-22 receptor RNA from various human tissues as analyzed by Taqman™ analysis.
  • FIG. 5 shows STAT activation in a pancreatic acinar cell line stimulated with IL-22.
  • FIG. 6A shows the upregulation of Pancreatitis Associated Protein (PAP1) RNA in a pancreatic acinar cell line stimulated with IL-22 as analyzed by Northern Blot.
  • FIG. 6B shows the upregulation of PAP1 and Osteopontin RNA in isolated primary pancreatic acinar cells stimulated with IL-22 as analyzed by Northern Blot.
  • FIG. 7 shows the upregulation of PAP1 in pancreas in vivo using mice injected with IL-22 and followed by Northern Blot analysis.
  • FIG. 8 shows the levels of interleukin-6 (IL-6) production in wild type and IL-10 receptor beta (IL-10Rÿ) deficient mice.
  • FIG. 9 shows that PAP1 expression is not upregulated in pancreas in vivo in IL-10Rÿ deficient mice treated with IL-22 as analyzed by Northern Blot.
  • FIG. 10 shows the amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:3) of the IL-10Rÿ polypeptide.
  • FIG. 11 shows the amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:4) of the IL-22R polypeptide.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS I. Definitions
  • The terms “IL-22 polypeptide” and “IL-22” as used herein refers to specific polypeptide sequences as described herein. The IL-22 polypeptides described herein may be isolated from a variety of sources, such as from human tissue types or from another source, or prepared by recombinant or synthetic methods. For example, descriptions of the preparation of, purification of, derivation of, formation of antibodies to or against, administration of, compositions containing, treatment of a disease with, etc., pertain to each polypeptide of the invention individually. The term “IL-22 polypeptide” also includes variants of the IL-22 polypeptides disclosed herein.
  • A “native sequence IL-22 polypeptide” comprises a polypeptide having the same amino acid sequence as the corresponding IL-22 polypeptide derived from nature. Such native sequence IL-22 polypeptides can be isolated from nature or can be produced by recombinant or synthetic means. The term “native sequence IL-22 polypeptide” specifically encompasses naturally-occurring truncated or secreted forms of the specific IL-22 polypeptide, naturally-occurring variant forms (e.g., alternatively spliced forms) and naturally-occurring allelic variants of the polypeptide. In one embodiment of the invention, the native sequence IL-22 polypeptide comprising amino acids 1 to 179 of FIG. 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2) are mature or full-length native sequence polypeptides comprising the full-length amino acids sequences. Start and stop codons are shown in bold font and underlined in FIG. 1 (SEQ ID NO: 1). However, while the IL-22 polypeptide disclosed in FIG. 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2) is shown to begin with methionine residues designated herein as amino acid position 1 in FIG. 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2), it is conceivable and possible that other methionine residues located either upstream or downstream from the amino acid position 1 in FIG. 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2) may be employed as the starting amino acid residue for the IL-22 polypeptides.
  • The approximate location of the “signal peptides” of the various IL-22 polypeptides disclosed herein are shown in the present specification and/or the accompanying figures. It is noted, however, that the C-terminal boundary of a signal peptide may vary, but most likely by no more than about 5 amino acids on either side of the signal peptide C-terminal boundary as initially identified herein, wherein the C-terminal boundary of the signal peptide may be identified pursuant to criteria routinely employed in the art for identifying that type of amino acid sequence element (e.g., Nielsen et al., Prot Eng. 10:1-6 (1997) and von Heinje et al., Nucl. Acids. Res. 14:4683-4690 (1986)). Moreover, it is also recognized that, in some cases, cleavage of a signal sequence from a secreted polypeptide is not entirely uniform, resulting in more than one secreted species. These mature polypeptides, where the signal peptide is cleaved within no more than about 5 amino acids on either side of the C-terminal boundary of the signal peptide as identified herein, and the polynucleotides encoding them, are contemplated by the present invention.
  • “IL-22 polypeptide variant” means an active IL-22 polypeptide as defined above or below having at least about 80% amino acid sequence identity with a full-length native sequence IL-22 polypeptide sequence as disclosed herein, an IL-22 polypeptide sequence lacking the signal peptide as disclosed herein, or any other fragment of a full-length IL-22 polypeptide sequence as disclosed herein. Such IL-22 polypeptide variants include, for instance, IL-22 polypeptides wherein one or more amino acid residues are added, or deleted, at the N- or C-terminus of the full-length native amino acid sequence. Ordinarily, an IL-22 polypeptide variant will have at least about 80% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 81% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 82% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 83% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 84% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 85% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 86% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 87% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 88% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 89% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 90% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 91% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 92% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 93% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 94% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 95% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 96% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 97% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 98% amino acid sequence identity and alternatively at least about 99% amino acid sequence identity with (a) amino acids about 1 or about 33 to about 179 of the IL-22 polypeptide sequence as disclosed in FIG. 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2) (b) X to 179 of the IL-22 polypeptide sequence shown in FIG. 2 (SEQ ID NO:2), wherein X is any amino acid from 29 to 38 of FIG. 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2), or (c) any other specifically defined fragment of a full-length IL-22 polypeptide sequence as shown in FIG. 2 (SEQ ID NO: 2). Ordinarily, IL-22 variant polypeptides are at least about 10 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 20 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 30 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 40 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 50 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 60 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 70 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 80 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 90 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 100 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 150 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 200 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 300 amino acids in length, or more.
  • “Percent (%) amino acid sequence identity” with respect to the IL-22 polypeptide sequences identified herein is defined as the percentage of amino acid residues in a candidate sequence that are identical with the amino acid residues in the specific IL-22 polypeptide sequence, after aligning the sequences and introducing gaps, if necessary, to achieve the maximum percent sequence identity, and not considering any conservative substitutions as part of the sequence identity. Alignment for purposes of determining percent amino acid sequence identity can be achieved in various ways that are within the skill in the art, for instance, using publicly available computer software such as BLAST, BLAST-2, ALIGN or Megalign (DNASTAR) software. Those skilled in the art can determine appropriate parameters for measuring alignment, including any algorithms needed to achieve maximal alignment over the full length of the sequences being compared. For purposes herein, however, % amino acid sequence identity values are generated using the sequence comparison computer program ALIGN-2, wherein the complete source code for the ALIGN-2 program is provided in Table 1 below. The ALIGN-2 sequence comparison computer program was authored by Genentech, Inc. and the source code shown in Table 1 below has been filed with user documentation in the U.S. Copyright Office, Washington D.C., 20559, where it is registered under U.S. Copyright Registration No. TXU510087. The ALIGN-2 program is publicly available through Genentech, Inc., South San Francisco, Calif. or may be compiled from the source code provided in Table 1 below. The ALIGN-2 program should be compiled for use on a UNIX operating system, preferably digital UNIX V4.0D. All sequence comparison parameters are set by the ALIGN-2 program and do not vary.
  • In situations where ALIGN-2 is employed for amino acid sequence comparisons, the % amino acid sequence identity of a given amino acid sequence A to, with, or against a given amino acid sequence B (which can alternatively be phrased as a given amino acid sequence A that has or comprises a certain % amino acid sequence identity to, with, or against a given amino acid sequence B) is calculated as follows:

  • 100 times the fraction X/Y
  • where X is the number of amino acid residues scored as identical matches by the sequence alignment program ALIGN-2 in that program's alignment of A and B, and where Y is the total number of amino acid residues in B. It will be appreciated that where the length of amino acid sequence A is not equal to the length of amino acid sequence B, the % amino acid sequence identity of A to B will not equal the % amino acid sequence identity of B to A. As examples of % amino acid sequence identity calculations using this method, Tables 2 and 3 demonstrate how to calculate the % amino acid sequence identity of the amino acid sequence designated “Comparison Protein” to the amino acid sequence designated “IL-22”, wherein “IL-22” represents the amino acid sequence of a hypothetical IL-22 polypeptide of interest, “Comparison Protein” represents the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide against which the “IL-22” polypeptide of interest is being compared, and “X, “Y” and “Z” each represent different hypothetical amino acid residues.
  • Unless specifically stated otherwise, all % amino acid sequence identity values used herein are obtained as described in the immediately preceding paragraph using the ALIGN-2 computer program. However, % amino acid sequence identity values may also be obtained as described below by using the WU-BLAST-2 computer program (Altschul et al., Methods in Enzymology 266:460-480 (1996)). Most of the WU-BLAST-2 search parameters are set to the default values. Those not set to default values, i.e., the adjustable parameters, are set with the following values: overlap span=1, overlap fraction=0.125, word threshold (T)=11, and scoring matrix=BLOSUM62. When WU-BLAST-2 is employed, a % amino acid sequence identity value is determined by dividing (a) the number of matching identical amino acid residues between the amino acid sequence of the IL-22 polypeptide of interest having a sequence derived from the native IL-22 polypeptide and the comparison amino acid sequence of interest (i.e., the sequence against which the IL-22 polypeptide of interest is being compared which may be an IL-22 variant polypeptide) as determined by WU-BLAST-2 by (b) the total number of amino acid residues of the IL-22 polypeptide of interest. For example, in the statement “a polypeptide comprising an the amino acid sequence A which has or having at least 80% amino acid sequence identity to the amino acid sequence B”, the amino acid sequence A is the comparison amino acid sequence of interest and the amino acid sequence B is the amino acid sequence of the IL-22 polypeptide of interest.
  • Percent amino acid sequence identity may also be determined using the sequence comparison program NCBI-BLAST2 (Altschul et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 25:3389-3402 (1997)). The NCBI-BLAST2 sequence comparison program may be obtained from the National Institute of Health, Bethesda, Md. NCBI-BLAST2 uses several search parameters, wherein all of those search parameters are set to default values including, for example, unmask=yes, strand=all, expected occurrences=10, minimum low complexity length=15/5, multi-pass e-value=0.01, constant for multi-pass=25, dropoff for final gapped alignment=25 and scoring matrix BIOSUM62.
  • In situations where NCBI-BLAST2 is employed for amino acid sequence comparisons, the % amino acid sequence identity of a given amino acid sequence A to, with, or against a given amino acid sequence B (which can alternatively be phrased as a given amino acid sequence A that has or comprises a certain % amino acid sequence identity to, with, or against a given amino acid sequence B) is calculated as follows:

  • 100 times the fraction X/Y
  • where X is the number of amino acid residues scored as identical matches by the sequence alignment program NCBI-BLAST2 in that program's alignment of A and B, and where Y is the total number of amino acid residues in B. It will be appreciated that where the length of amino acid sequence A is not equal to the length of amino acid sequence B, the % amino acid sequence identity of A to B will not equal the % amino acid sequence identity of B to A.
  • “IL-22 variant polynucleotide” or “IL-22 variant nucleic acid sequence” means a nucleic acid molecule which encodes an active IL-22 polypeptide as defined below and which has at least about 80% nucleic acid sequence identity with a nucleotide acid sequence encoding a full-length native sequence IL-22 polypeptide sequence as disclosed herein, a full-length native sequence IL-22 polypeptide sequence lacking the signal peptide as disclosed herein, or any other fragment of a full-length IL-22 polypeptide sequence as disclosed herein. Ordinarily, an IL-22 variant polynucleotide will have at least about 80% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 81% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 82% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 83% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 84% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 85% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 86% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 87% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 88% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 89% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 90% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 91% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 92% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 93% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 94% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 95% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 96% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 97% nucleic acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 98% nucleic acid sequence identity and alternatively at least about 99% nucleic acid sequence identity with a nucleic acid sequence encoding a full-length native sequence IL-22 polypeptide sequence as disclosed herein, a full-length native sequence IL-22 polypeptide sequence lacking the signal peptide as disclosed herein, an extracellular domain of an IL-22 polypeptide, with or without the signal sequence, as disclosed herein or any other fragment of a full-length IL-22 polypeptide sequence as disclosed herein. Variants do not encompass the native nucleotide sequence.
  • Ordinarily, IL-22 variant polynucleotides are at least about 30 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 60 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 90 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 120 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 150 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 180 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 210 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 240 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 270 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 300 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 450 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 600 nucleotides in length, alternatively at least about 900 nucleotides in length, or more.
  • “Percent (%) nucleic acid sequence identity” with respect to IL-22-encoding nucleic acid sequences identified herein is defined as the percentage of nucleotides in a candidate sequence that are identical with the nucleotides in the IL-22 nucleic acid sequence of interest, after aligning the sequences and introducing gaps, if necessary, to achieve the maximum percent sequence identity. Alignment for purposes of determining percent nucleic acid sequence identity can be achieved in various ways that are within the skill in the art, for instance, using publicly available computer software such as BLAST, BLAST-2, ALIGN or Megalign (DNASTAR) software. For purposes herein, however, % nucleic acid sequence identity values are generated using the sequence comparison computer program ALIGN-2, wherein the complete source code for the ALIGN-2 program is provided in Table 1 below. The ALIGN-2 sequence comparison computer program was authored by Genentech, Inc. and the source code shown in Table 1 below has been filed with user documentation in the U.S. Copyright Office, Washington D.C., 20559, where it is registered under U.S. Copyright Registration No. TXU510087. The ALIGN-2 program is publicly available through Genentech, Inc., South San Francisco, Calif. or may be compiled from the source code provided in Table 1 below. The ALIGN-2 program should be compiled for use on a UNIX operating system, preferably digital UNIX V4.0D. All sequence comparison parameters are set by the ALIGN-2 program and do not vary.
  • In situations where ALIGN-2 is employed for nucleic acid sequence comparisons, the % nucleic acid sequence identity of a given nucleic acid sequence C to, with, or against a given nucleic acid sequence D (which can alternatively be phrased as a given nucleic acid sequence C that has or comprises a certain % nucleic acid sequence identity to, with, or against a given nucleic acid sequence D) is calculated as follows:

  • 100 times the fraction W/Z
  • where W is the number of nucleotides scored as identical matches by the sequence alignment program ALIGN-2 in that program's alignment of C and D, and where Z is the total number of nucleotides in D. It will be appreciated that where the length of nucleic acid sequence C is not equal to the length of nucleic acid sequence D, the % nucleic acid sequence identity of C to D will not equal the % nucleic acid sequence identity of D to C. As examples of % nucleic acid sequence identity calculations, Tables 4 and 5, demonstrate how to calculate the % nucleic acid sequence identity of the nucleic acid sequence designated “Comparison DNA” to the nucleic acid sequence designated “IL-22-DNA”, wherein “IL-22-DNA” represents a hypothetical IL-22-encoding nucleic acid sequence of interest, “Comparison DNA” represents the nucleotide sequence of a nucleic acid molecule against which the “IL-22-DNA” nucleic acid molecule of interest is being compared, and “N”, “L” and “V” each represent different hypothetical nucleotides.
  • Unless specifically stated otherwise, all % nucleic acid sequence identity values used herein are obtained as described in the immediately preceding paragraph using the ALIGN-2 computer program. However, % nucleic acid sequence identity values may also be obtained as described below by using the WU-BLAST-2 computer program (Altschul et al., Methods in Enzymology 266:460-480 (1996)). Most of the WU-BLAST-2 search parameters are set to the default values. Those not set to default values, i.e., the adjustable parameters, are set with the following values: overlap span=1, overlap fraction=0.125, word threshold (T)=11, and scoring matrix=BLOSUM62. When WU-BLAST-2 is employed, a % nucleic acid sequence identity value is determined by dividing (a) the number of matching identical nucleotides between the nucleic acid sequence of the IL-22 polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecule of interest having a sequence derived from the native sequence IL-22 polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid and the comparison nucleic acid molecule of interest (i.e., the sequence against which the IL-22 polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecule of interest is being compared which may be a variant IL-22 polynucleotide) as determined by WU-BLAST-2 by (b) the total number of nucleotides of the IL-22 polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecule of interest. For example, in the statement “an isolated nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence A which has or having at least 80% nucleic acid sequence identity to the nucleic acid sequence B”, the nucleic acid sequence A is the comparison nucleic acid molecule of interest and the nucleic acid sequence B is the nucleic acid sequence of the IL-22 polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecule of interest.
  • Percent nucleic acid sequence identity may also be determined using the sequence comparison program NCBI-BLAST2 (Altschul et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 25:3389-3402 (1997)). The NCBI-BLAST2 sequence comparison program may be obtained from the National Institute of Health, Bethesda, Md. NCBI-BLAST2 uses several search parameters, wherein all of those search parameters are set to default values including, for example, unmask yes, strand=all, expected occurrences=10, minimum low complexity length=15/5, multi-pass e-value=0.01, constant for multi-pass=25, dropoff for final gapped alignment=25 and scoring matrix BLOSUM62.
  • In situations where NCBI-BLAST2 is employed for sequence comparisons, the % nucleic acid sequence identity of a given nucleic acid sequence C to, with, or against a given nucleic acid sequence D (which can alternatively be phrased as a given nucleic acid sequence C that has or comprises a certain % nucleic acid sequence identity to, with, or against a given nucleic acid sequence D) is calculated as follows:

  • 100 times the fraction W/Z
  • where W is the number of nucleotides scored as identical matches by the sequence alignment program NCBI-BLAST2 in that program's alignment of C and D, and where Z is the total number of nucleotides in D. It will be appreciated that where the length of nucleic acid sequence C is not equal to the length of nucleic acid sequence D, the % nucleic acid sequence identity of C to D will not equal the % nucleic acid sequence identity of D to C.
  • In other embodiments, IL-22 variant polynucleotides are nucleic acid molecules that encode an active IL-22 polypeptide and which are capable of hybridizing, preferably under stringent hybridization and wash conditions, to nucleotide sequences encoding a full-length IL-22 polypeptide as disclosed herein. IL-22 variant polypeptides may be those that are encoded by an IL-22 variant polynucleotide.
  • “Isolated,” when used to describe the various polypeptides disclosed herein, means polypeptide that has been identified and separated and/or recovered from a component of its natural environment. Contaminant components of its natural environment are materials that would typically interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the polypeptide, and may include enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or non-proteinaceous solutes. In preferred embodiments, the polypeptide will be purified (1) to a degree sufficient to obtain at least 15 residues of N-terminal or internal amino acid sequence by use of a spinning cup sequenator, or (2) to homogeneity by SDS-PAGE under non-reducing or reducing conditions using Coomassie blue or, preferably, silver stain. Isolated polypeptide includes polypeptide in situ within recombinant cells, since at least one component of the IL-22 polypeptide natural environment will not be present. Ordinarily, however, isolated polypeptide will be prepared by at least one purification step.
  • An “isolated” IL-22 polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid or other polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid is a nucleic acid molecule that is identified and separated from at least one contaminant nucleic acid molecule with which it is ordinarily associated in the natural source of the polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid. An isolated polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecule is other than in the form or setting in which it is found in nature. Isolated polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecules therefore are distinguished from the specific polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecule as it exists in natural cells. However, an isolated polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecule includes polypeptide-encoding nucleic acid molecules contained in cells that ordinarily express the polypeptide where, for example, the nucleic acid molecule is in a chromosomal location different from that of natural cells.
  • The term “control sequences” refers to DNA sequences necessary for the expression of an operably linked coding sequence in a particular host organism. The control sequences that are suitable for prokaryotes, for example, include a promoter, optionally an operator sequence, and a ribosome binding site. Eukaryotic cells are known to utilize promoters, polyadenylation signals, and enhancers.
  • Nucleic acid is “operably linked” when it is placed into a functional relationship with another nucleic acid sequence. For example, DNA for a presequence or secretory leader is operably linked to DNA for a polypeptide if it is expressed as a preprotein that participates in the secretion of the polypeptide; a promoter or enhancer is operably linked to a coding sequence if it affects the transcription of the sequence; or a ribosome binding site is operably linked to a coding sequence if it is positioned so as to facilitate translation. Generally, “operably linked” means that the DNA sequences being linked are contiguous, and, in the case of a secretory leader, contiguous and in reading phase. However, enhancers do not have to be contiguous. Linking is accomplished by ligation at convenient restriction sites. If such sites do not exist, the synthetic oligonucleotide adaptors or linkers are used in accordance with conventional practice.
  • The term “antibody” is used in the broadest sense and specifically covers, for example, single anti-IL-22 monoclonal antibodies (including agonist, antagonist, and neutralizing antibodies), anti-IL-22 antibody compositions with polyepitopic specificity, single chain anti-IL-22 antibodies, and fragments of anti-IL-22 antibodies (see below). The term “monoclonal antibody” as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally-occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts.
  • “Stringency” of hybridization reactions is readily determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art, and generally is an empirical calculation dependent upon probe length, washing temperature, and salt concentration. In general, longer probes require higher temperatures for proper annealing, while shorter probes need lower temperatures. Hybridization generally depends on the ability of denatured DNA to reanneal when complementary strands are present in an environment below their melting temperature. The higher the degree of desired homology between the probe and hybridizable sequence, the higher the relative temperature which can be used. As a result, it follows that higher relative temperatures would tend to make the reaction conditions more stringent, while lower temperatures less so. For additional details and explanation of stringency of hybridization reactions, see Ausubel et al., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Wiley Interscience Publishers, (1995).
  • “Stringent conditions” or “high stringency conditions”, as defined herein, may be identified by those that: (1) employ low ionic strength and high temperature for washing, for example 0.015 M sodium chloride/0.0015 M sodium citrate/0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate at 50° C.; (2) employ during hybridization a denaturing agent, such as formamide, for example, 50% (v/v) formamide with 0.1% bovine serum albumin/0.1% Ficoll/0.1% polyvinylpyrrolidone/50 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 6.5 with 750 mM sodium chloride, 75 mM sodium citrate at 42° C.; or (3) employ 50% formamide, 5×SSC (0.75 M NaCl, 0.075 M sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 6.8), 0.1% sodium pyrophosphate, 5×Denhardt's solution, sonicated salmon sperm DNA (50 ÿg/ml), 0.1% SDS, and 10% dextran sulfate at 42° C., with washes at 42° C. in 0.2×SSC (sodium chloride/sodium citrate) and 50% formamide at 55° C., followed by a high-stringency wash consisting of 0.1×SSC containing EDTA at 55° C.
  • “Moderately stringent conditions” may be identified as described by Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, New York: Cold Spring Harbor Press, 1989, and include the use of washing solution and hybridization conditions (e.g., temperature, ionic strength and % SDS) less stringent that those described above. An example of moderately stringent conditions is overnight incubation at 37° C. in a solution comprising: 20% formamide, 5×SSC (150 mM NaCl, 15 mM trisodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5×Denhardt's solution, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 mg/ml denatured sheared salmon sperm DNA, followed by washing the filters in 1×SSC at about 37-50° C. The skilled artisan will recognize how to adjust the temperature, ionic strength, etc. as necessary to accommodate factors such as probe length and the like.
  • The term “epitope tagged” when used herein refers to a chimeric polypeptide comprising an IL-22 polypeptide fused to a “tag polypeptide”. The tag polypeptide has enough residues to provide an epitope against which an antibody can be made, yet is short enough such that it does not interfere with activity of the polypeptide to which it is fused. The tag polypeptide preferably also is fairly unique so that the antibody does not substantially cross-react with other epitopes. Suitable tag polypeptides generally have at least six amino acid residues and usually between about 8 and 50 amino acid residues (preferably, between about 10 and 20 amino acid residues).
  • As used herein, the term “immunoadhesin” designates antibody-like molecules which combine the binding specificity of a heterologous protein (an “adhesin”) with the effector functions of immunoglobulin constant domains. Structurally, the immunoadhesins comprise a fusion of an amino acid sequence with the desired binding specificity which is other than the antigen recognition and binding site of an antibody (i.e., is “heterologous”), and an immunoglobulin constant domain sequence. The adhesin part of an immunoadhesin molecule typically is a contiguous amino acid sequence comprising at least the binding site of a receptor or a ligand. The immunoglobulin constant domain sequence in the immunoadhesin may be obtained from any immunoglobulin, such as IgG-1, IgG-2, IgG-3, or IgG-4 subtypes, IgA (including IgA-1 and IgA-2), IgE, IgD or IgM.
  • “Active” or “activity” for the purposes herein refers to form(s) of an IL-22 polypeptide which retain a biological and/or an immunological activity of native or naturally-occurring IL-22, wherein “biological” activity refers to a biological function (either inhibitory or stimulatory) caused by a native or naturally-occurring IL-22 other than the ability to induce the production of an antibody against an antigenic epitope possessed by a native or naturally-occurring IL-22 and an “immunological” activity refers to the ability to induce the production of an antibody against an antigenic epitope possessed by a native or naturally-occurring IL-22. A preferred biological activity is induction of PAP1 expression. PAP1 is a secreted protein related to the REG family of trophic factors and was initially characterized as a protein with elevated expression in pancreatitis (Iovanna et al., (1991) J Biol Chem., 266, 24664-24669). In vivo injection of IL-22 resulted in rapid induction of PAP1 expression in pancreas.
  • The term “antagonist” is used in the broadest sense, and includes any molecule that partially or fully blocks, inhibits, or neutralizes a biological activity of a native IL-22 polypeptide disclosed herein. In a similar manner, the term “agonist” is used in the broadest sense and includes any molecule that mimics a biological activity of a native IL-22 polypeptide disclosed herein. Suitable agonist or antagonist molecules specifically include agonist or antagonist antibodies or antibody fragments, fragments or amino acid sequence variants of native IL-22 polypeptides, peptides, antisense oligonucleotides, small organic molecules, etc. Methods for identifying agonists or antagonists of an IL-22 polypeptide may comprise contacting an IL-22 polypeptide with a candidate agonist or antagonist molecule and measuring a detectable change in one or more biological activities normally associated with the IL-22 polypeptide.
  • “Treatment” refers to both therapeutic treatment and prophylactic or preventative measures, wherein the object is to prevent or slow down (lessen) the targeted pathologic condition or disorder. Those in need of treatment include those already with the disorder as well as those prone to have the disorder or those in whom the disorder is to be prevented.
  • “Chronic” administration refers to administration of the agent(s) in a continuous mode as opposed to an acute mode, so as to maintain the initial therapeutic effect (activity) for an extended period of time. “Intermittent” administration is treatment that is not consecutively done without interruption, but rather is cyclic in nature.
  • “Mammal” for purposes of treatment refers to any animal classified as a mammal, including humans, domestic and farm animals, and zoo, sports, or pet animals, such as dogs, cats, cattle, horses, sheep, pigs, goats, rabbits, etc. Preferably, the mammal is human.
  • Administration “in combination with” one or more further therapeutic agents includes simultaneous (concurrent) and consecutive administration in any order.
  • “Carriers” as used herein include pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers which are nontoxic to the cell or mammal being exposed thereto at the dosages and concentrations employed. Often the physiologically acceptable carrier is an aqueous pH buffered solution. Examples of physiologically acceptable carriers include buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid; low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptide; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, arginine or lysinc; monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugar alcohols such as mannitol or sorbitol; salt-forming counterions such as sodium; and/or nonionic surfactants such as TWEEN™, polyethylene glycol (PEG), and PLURONICS™.
  • “Antibody fragments” comprise a portion of an intact antibody, preferably the antigen binding or variable region of the intact antibody. Examples of antibody fragments include Fab, Fab′, F(ab′), and Fv fragments; diabodies; linear antibodies (Zapata et al., Protein Eng. 8(10): 1057-1062 [1995]); single-chain antibody molecules; and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments.
  • Papain digestion of antibodies produces two identical antigen-binding fragments, called “Fab” fragments, each with a single antigen-binding site, and a residual “Fc” fragment, a designation reflecting the ability to crystallize readily. Pepsin treatment yields an F(ab′) fragment that has two antigen-combining sites and is still capable of cross-linking antigen.
  • “Fv” is the minimum antibody fragment which contains a complete antigen-recognition and -binding site. This region consists of a dimer of one heavy- and one light-chain variable domain in tight, non-covalent association. It is in this configuration that the three CDRs of each variable domain interact to define an antigen-binding site on the surface of the VHVL dimer. Collectively, the six CDRs confer antigen-binding specificity to the antibody. However, even a single variable domain (or half of an Fv comprising only three CDRs specific for an antigen) has the ability to recognize and bind antigen, although at a lower affinity than the entire binding site.
  • The Fab fragment also contains the constant domain of the light chain and the first constant domain (CH1) of the heavy chain. Fab fragments differ from Fab′ fragments by the addition of a few residues at the carboxy terminus of the heavy chain CH1 domain including one or more cysteines from the antibody hinge region. Fab′-SH is the designation herein for Fab′ in which the cysteine residue(s) of the constant domains bear a free thiol group. F(ab′)2 antibody fragments originally were produced as pairs of Fab′ fragments which have hinge cysteines between them. Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known.
  • The “light chains” of antibodies (immunoglobulins) from any vertebrate species can be assigned to one of two clearly distinct types, called kappa and lambda, based on the amino acid sequences of their constant domains.
  • Depending on the amino acid sequence of the constant domain of their heavy chains, immunoglobulins can be assigned to different classes. There are five major classes of immunoglobulins: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, and several of these may be further divided into subclasses (isotypes), e.g., IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, and IgA2.
  • “Single-chain Fv” or “sFv” antibody fragments comprise the VH and VL domains of antibody, wherein these domains are present in a single polypeptide chain. Preferably, the Fv polypeptide further comprises a polypeptide linker between the VH and VL domains which enables the sFv to form the desired structure for antigen binding. For a review of sFv, see Pluckthun in The Pharmacology of Monoclonal Antibodies, vol. 113, Rosenburg and Moore eds., Springer-Verlag, New York, pp. 269-315 (1994).
  • The term “diabodies” refers to small antibody fragments with two antigen-binding sites, which fragments comprise a heavy-chain variable domain (VH) connected to a light-chain variable domain (VL) in the same polypeptide chain (VHVL). By using a linker that is too short to allow pairing between the two domains on the same chain, the domains are forced to pair with the complementary domains of another chain and create two antigen-binding sites. Diabodies are described more fully in, for example, EP 404,097; WO 93/11161; and Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:6444-6448 (1993).
  • An “isolated” antibody is one which has been identified and separated and/or recovered from a component of its natural environment. Contaminant components of its natural environment are materials which would interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the antibody, and may include enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or nonproteinaceous solutes. In preferred embodiments, the antibody will be purified (1) to greater than 95% by weight of antibody as determined by the Lowry method, and most preferably more than 99% by weight, (2) to a degree sufficient to obtain at least 15 residues of N-terminal or internal amino acid sequence by use of a spinning cup sequenator, or (3) to homogeneity by SDS-PAGE under reducing or nonreducing conditions using Coomassie blue or, preferably, silver stain. Isolated antibody includes the antibody in situ within recombinant cells since at least one component of the antibody's natural environment will not be present. Ordinarily, however, isolated antibody will be prepared by at least one purification step.
  • An antibody that “specifically binds to” or is “specific for” a particular polypeptide or an epitope on a particular polypeptide is one that binds to that particular polypeptide or epitope on a particular polypeptide without substantially binding to any other polypeptide or polypeptide epitope.
  • The word “label” when used herein refers to a detectable compound or composition which is conjugated directly or indirectly to the antibody so as to generate a “labeled” antibody. The label may be detectable by itself (e.g. radioisotope labels or fluorescent labels) or, in the case of an enzymatic label, may catalyze chemical alteration of a substrate compound or composition which is detectable.
  • By “solid phase” is meant a non-aqueous matrix to which the antibody of the present invention can adhere. Examples of solid phases encompassed herein include those formed partially or entirely of glass (e.g., controlled pore glass), polysaccharides (e.g., agarose), polyacrylamides, polystyrene, polyvinyl alcohol and silicones. In certain embodiments, depending on the context, the solid phase can comprise the well of an assay plate; in others it is a purification column (e.g., an affinity chromatography column). This term also includes a discontinuous solid phase of discrete particles, such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,275,149.
  • A “liposome” is a small vesicle composed of various types of lipids, phospholipids and/or surfactant which is useful for delivery of a drug (such as an IL-22 polypeptide or antibody thereto) to a mammal. The components of the liposome are commonly arranged in a bilayer formation, similar to the lipid arrangement of biological membranes.
  • A “small molecule” is defined herein to have a molecular weight below about 500 Daltons.
  • An “effective amount” of a polypeptide disclosed herein or an agonist or antagonist thereof is an amount sufficient to carry out a specifically stated purpose. An “effective amount” may be determined empirically and in a routine manner, in relation to the stated purpose.
  • An “activated pancreas” as defined herein is when the digestive enzymes of the pancreas are activated and begin to attack pancreatic tissue.
  • A “bioactive molecule” is defined herein as a toxin, a radiolabel or an antibody.
  • TABLE 2
    IL-22 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (Length = 15 amino acids)
    Comparison XXXXXYYYYYYY (Length = 12 amino acids)
    Protein
    % amino acid sequence identity = (the number of identically matching amino acid residues between the two polypeptide sequences as determined by ALIGN-2) divided by (the total number of amino acid residues of the IL-22 polypeptide) = 5 divided by 15 = 33.3%
  • TABLE 3
    IL-22 XXXXXXXXXX (Length = 10 amino acids)
    Comparison XXXXXYYYYYYZZYZ (Length = 15 amino acids)
    Protein
    % amino acid sequence identity = (the number of identically matching amino acid residues between the two polypeptide sequences as determined by ALIGN-2) divided by (the total number of amino acid residues of the IL-22 polypeptide) = 5 divided by 10 = 50%
  • TABLE 4
    IL-22-DNA NNNNNNNNNNNNNN (Length = 14 nucleotides)
    Comparison NNNNNNLLLLLLLLLL (Length = 16 nucleotides)
    DNA
    % nucleic acid sequence identity = (the number of identically matching nucleotides between the two nucleic acid sequences as determined by ALIGN-2) divided by (the total number of nucleotides of the IL-22-DNA nucleic acid sequence) = 6 divided by 14 = 42.9%
  • TABLE 5
    IL-22-DNA NNNNNNNNNNNN (Length = 12 nucleotides)
    Comparison DNA NNNNLLLVV (Length = 9 nucleotides)
    % nucleic acid sequence identity = (the number of identically matching nucleotides between the two nucleic acid sequences as determined by ALIGN-2) divided by (the total number of nucleotides of the IL-22-DNA nucleic acid sequence) = 4 divided by 12 = 33.3%
  • II. Compositions and Methods of the Invention
  • A. Full-Length IL-22 Polypeptides
  • The present invention provides newly identified and isolated nucleotide sequences encoding polypeptides referred to in the present application as IL-22 polypeptides. In particular, cDNAs encoding various IL-22 polypeptides have been identified and isolated, as disclosed in further detail in the Examples below. It is noted that proteins produced in separate expression rounds may be given different IL-22 numbers but the UNQ number is unique for any given DNA and the encoded protein, and will not be changed. However, for sake of simplicity, in the present specification the protein encoded by the full length native nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein as well as all further native homologues and variants included in the foregoing definition of IL-22, will be referred to as “IL-22”, regardless of their origin or mode of preparation.
  • As disclosed in the Examples below, various cDNA clones have been deposited with the ATCC. The actual nucleotide sequences of those clones can readily be determined by the skilled artisan by sequencing of the deposited clone using routine methods in the art. The predicted amino acid sequence can be determined from the nucleotide sequence using routine skill. For the IL-22 polypeptides and encoding nucleic acids described herein, Applicants have identified what is believed to be the reading frame best identifiable with the sequence information available at the time.
  • B. IL-22 Polypeptide variants
  • In addition to the full-length native sequence IL-22 polypeptides described herein, it is contemplated that IL-22 variants can be prepared. IL-22 variants can be prepared by introducing appropriate nucleotide changes into the IL-22 DNA, and/or by synthesis of the desired IL-22 polypeptide. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that amino acid changes may alter post-translational processes of the IL-22, such as changing the number or position of glycosylation sites or altering the membrane anchoring characteristics.
  • Variations in the native full-length sequence IL-22 or in various domains of the IL-22 described herein, can be made, for example, using any of the techniques and guidelines for conservative and non-conservative mutations set forth, for instance, in U.S. Pat. No. 5,364,934. Variations may be a substitution, deletion or insertion of one or more codons encoding the IL-22 that results in a change in the amino acid sequence of the IL-22 as compared with the native sequence IL-22. Optionally the variation is by substitution of at least one amino acid with any other amino acid in one or more of the domains of the IL-22. Guidance in determining which amino acid residue may be inserted, substituted or deleted without adversely affecting the desired activity may be found by comparing the sequence of the IL-22 with that of homologous known protein molecules and minimizing the number of amino acid sequence changes made in regions of high homology. Amino acid substitutions can be the result of replacing one amino acid with another amino acid having similar structural and/or chemical properties, such as the replacement of a leucine with a serine, i.e., conservative amino acid replacements. Insertions or deletions may optionally be in the range of about 1 to 5 amino acids. The variation allowed may be determined by systematically making insertions, deletions or substitutions of amino acids in the sequence and testing the resulting variants for activity exhibited by the full-length or mature native sequence.
  • IL-22 polypeptide fragments are provided herein. Such fragments may be truncated at the N-terminus or C-terminus, or may lack internal residues, for example, when compared with a full length native protein. Certain fragments lack amino acid residues that are not essential for a desired biological activity of the IL-22 polypeptide.
  • IL-22 fragments may be prepared by any of a number of conventional techniques. Desired peptide fragments may be chemically synthesized. An alternative approach involves generating IL-22 fragments by enzymatic digestion, e.g., by treating the protein with an enzyme known to cleave proteins at sites defined by particular amino acid residues, or by digesting the DNA with suitable restriction enzymes and isolating the desired fragment. Yet another suitable technique involves isolating and amplifying a DNA fragment encoding a desired polypeptide fragment, by polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Oligonucleotides that define the desired termini of the DNA fragment are employed at the 5′ and 3′ primers in the PCR. Preferably, IL-22 polypeptide fragments share at least one biological and/or immunological activity with the native IL-22 polypeptide disclosed herein.
  • In particular embodiments, conservative substitutions of interest are shown in Table 6 under the heading of preferred substitutions. If such substitutions result in a change in biological activity, then more substantial changes, denominated exemplary substitutions in Table 6, or as further described below in reference to amino acid classes, are introduced and the products screened.
  • TABLE 6
    Original Exemplary Preferred
    Residue Substitutions Substitutions
    Ala (A) val; leu; ile val
    Arg (R) lys; gln; asn lys
    Asn (N) gln; his; lys; arg gln
    Asp (D) glu glu
    Cys (C) ser ser
    Gln (Q) asn asn
    Glu (E) asp asp
    Gly (G) pro; ala ala
    His (H) asn; gln; lys; arg arg
    Ile (I) leu; val; met; ala; phe; leu
    norleucine
    Leu (L) norleucine; ile; val; ile
    met; ala; phe
    Lys (K) arg; gln; asn arg
    Met (M) leu; phe; ile leu
    Phe (F) leu; val; ile; ala; tyr leu
    Pro (P) ala ala
    Ser (S) thr thr
    Thr (T) ser ser
    Trp (W) tyr; phe tyr
    Tyr (Y) trp; phe; thr; ser phe
    Val (V) ile; leu; met; phe; leu
    ala; norleucine
  • Substantial modifications in function or immunological identity of the IL-22 polypeptide are accomplished by selecting substitutions that differ significantly in their effect on maintaining (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a sheet or helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site, or (c) the bulk of the side chain. Naturally occurring residues are divided into groups based on common side-chain properties:
  • (1) hydrophobic: norleucine, met, ala, val, leu, ile;
    (2) neutral hydrophilic: cys, ser, thr;
    (3) acidic: asp, glu;
    (4) basic: asn, gln, his, lys, arg;
    (5) residues that influence chain orientation: gly, pro; and
    (6) aromatic: trp, tyr, phe.
  • Non-conservative substitutions will entail exchanging a member of one of these classes for another class. Such substituted residues also may be introduced into the conservative substitution sites or, more preferably, into the remaining (non-conserved) sites.
  • The variations can be made using methods known in the art such as oligonucleotide-mediated (site-directed) mutagenesis, alanine scanning, and PCR mutagenesis. Site-directed mutagenesis [Carter et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 13:4331 (1986); Zoller et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 10:6487 (1987)], cassette mutagenesis [Wells et al., Gene, 34:315 (1985)], restriction selection mutagenesis [Wells et al., Philos. Trans. R. Soc. London SerA, 317:415 (1986)] or other known techniques can be performed on the cloned DNA to produce the IL-22 variant DNA.
  • Scanning amino acid analysis can also be employed to identify one or more amino acids along a contiguous sequence. Among the preferred scanning amino acids are relatively small, neutral amino acids. Such amino acids include alanine, glycine, serine, and cysteine. Alanine is typically a preferred scanning amino acid among this group because it eliminates the side-chain beyond the beta-carbon and is less likely to alter the main-chain conformation of the variant [Cunningham and Wells, Science, 244: 1081-1085 (1989)]. Alanine is also typically preferred because it is the most common amino acid. Further, it is frequently found in both buried and exposed positions [Creighton, The Proteins, (W.H. Freeman & Co., N.Y.); Chothia, J. Mol. Biol., 150:1 (1976)]. If alanine substitution does not yield adequate amounts of variant, an isoteric amino acid can be used.
  • C. Modifications of IL-22
  • Covalent modifications of IL-22 are included within the scope of this invention. One type of covalent modification includes reacting targeted amino acid residues of an IL-22 polypeptide with an organic derivatizing agent that is capable of reacting with selected side chains or the N- or C-terminal residues of the IL-22. Derivatization with bifunctional agents is useful, for instance, for crosslinking IL-22 to a water-insoluble support matrix or surface for use in the method for purifying anti-IL-22 antibodies, and vice-versa. Commonly used crosslinking agents include, e.g., 1,1-bis(diazoacetyl)-2-phenylethane, glutaraldehyde, N-hydroxysuccinimide esters, for example, esters with 4-azidosalicylic acid, homobifunctional imidoesters, including disuccinimidyl esters such as 3,3′-dithiobis(succinimidylpropionate), bifunctional maleimides such as bis-N-maleimido-1,8-octane and agents such as methyl-3-[(p-azidophenyl)dithio]propioimidate.
  • Other modifications include deamidation of glutaminyl and asparaginyl residues to the corresponding glutamyl and aspartyl residues, respectively, hydroxylation of proline and lysine, phosphorylation of hydroxyl groups of seryl or threonyl residues, methylation of the ÿ-amino groups of lysine, arginine, and histidine side chains [T. E. Creighton, Proteins: Structure and Molecular Properties, W.H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, pp. 79-86 (1983)], acetylation of the N-terminal amine, and amidation of any C-terminal carboxyl group.
  • Another type of covalent modification of the IL-22 polypeptide included within the scope of this invention comprises altering the native glycosylation pattern of the polypeptide. “Altering the native glycosylation pattern” is intended for purposes herein to mean deleting one or more carbohydrate moieties found in native sequence IL-22 (either by removing the underlying glycosylation site or by deleting the glycosylation by chemical and/or enzymatic means), and/or adding one or more glycosylation sites that are not present in the native sequence IL-22. In addition, the phrase includes qualitative changes in the glycosylation of the native proteins, involving a change in the nature and proportions of the various carbohydrate moieties present.
  • Addition of glycosylation sites to the IL-22 polypeptide may be accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence. The alteration may be made, for example, by the addition of, or substitution by, one or more serine or threonine residues to the native sequence IL-22 (for O-linked glycosylation sites). The IL-22 amino acid sequence may optionally be altered through changes at the DNA level, particularly by mutating the DNA encoding the IL-22 polypeptide at preselected bases such that codons are generated that will translate into the desired amino acids.
  • Another means of increasing the number of carbohydrate moieties on the IL-22 polypeptide is by chemical or enzymatic coupling of glycosides to the polypeptide. Such methods are described in the art, e.g., in WO 87/05330 published 11 Sep. 1987, and in Aplin and Wriston, CRC Crit. Rev. Biochem., pp. 259-306 (1981).
  • Removal of carbohydrate moieties present on the IL-22 polypeptide may be accomplished chemically or enzymatically or by mutational substitution of codons encoding for amino acid residues that serve as targets for glycosylation. Chemical deglycosylation techniques are known in the art and described, for instance, by Hakimuddin, et al., Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 259:52 (1987) and by Edge et al., Anal. Biochem., 118:131 (1981). Enzymatic cleavage of carbohydrate moieties on polypeptides can be achieved by the use of a variety of endo- and exo-glycosidases as described by Thotakura et al., Meth. Enzymol., 138:350 (1987).
  • Another type of covalent modification of IL-22 comprises linking the IL-22 polypeptide to one of a variety of nonproteinaceous polymers, e.g., polyethylene glycol (PEG), polypropylene glycol, or polyoxyalkylenes, in the manner set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 4,640,835; 4,496,689; 4,301,144; 4,670,417; 4,791,192 or 4,179,337.
  • The IL-22 of the present invention may also be modified in a way to form a chimeric molecule comprising IL-22 fused to another, heterologous polypeptide or amino acid sequence.
  • In one embodiment, such a chimeric molecule comprises a fusion of the IL-22 with a tag polypeptide which provides an epitope to which an anti-tag antibody can selectively bind. The epitope tag is generally placed at the amino- or carboxyl-terminus of the IL-22. The presence of such epitope-tagged forms of the IL-22 can be detected using an antibody against the tag polypeptide. Also, provision of the epitope tag enables the IL-22 to be readily purified by affinity purification using an anti-tag antibody or another type of affinity matrix that binds to the epitope tag. Various tag polypeptides and their respective antibodies are well known in the art. Examples include poly-histidine (poly-his) or poly-histidine-glycine (poly-his-gly) tags; the flu HA tag polypeptide and its antibody 12CA5 [Field et al., Mol. Cell. Biol, 8:2159-2165 (1988)]; the c-myc tag and the 8F9, 3C7, 6E10, G4, B7 and 9E10 antibodies thereto [Evan et al., Molecular and Cellular Biology, 5:3610-3616 (1985)]; and the Herpes Simplex virus glycoprotein D (gD) tag and its antibody [Paborsky et al., Protein Engineering, 3(6):547-553 (1990)]. Other tag polypeptides include the Flag-peptide [Hopp et al., BioTechnology, 6:1204-1210 (1988)]; the KT3 epitope peptide [Martin et al., Science, 255:192-194 (1992)]; an ÿ-tubulin epitope peptide [Skinner et al., J. Biol. Chem., 266:15163-15166 (1991)]; and the T7 gene 10 protein peptide tag [Lutz-Freyermuth et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 87:6393-6397 (1990)].
  • In an alternative embodiment, the chimeric molecule may comprise a fusion of the IL-22 with an immunoglobulin or a particular region of an immunoglobulin. For a bivalent form of the chimeric molecule (also referred to as an “immunoadhesin”), such a fusion could be to the Fc region of an IgG molecule. The Ig fusions preferably include the substitution of a soluble (transmembrane domain deleted or inactivated) form of an IL-22 polypeptide in place of at least one variable region within an Ig molecule. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the immunoglobulin fusion includes the hinge, CH2 and CH3, or the hinge, CH1, CH2 and CH3 regions of an IgG1 molecule. For the production of immunoglobulin fusions see also U.S. Pat. No. 5,428,130 issued Jun. 27, 1995.
  • D. Preparation of IL-22
  • The description below relates primarily to production of IL-22 by culturing cells transformed or transfected with a vector containing IL-22 nucleic acid. It is, of course, contemplated that alternative methods, which are well known in the art, may be employed to prepare IL-22. For instance, the IL-22 sequence, or portions thereof, may be produced by direct peptide synthesis using solid-phase techniques [see, e.g., Stewart et al., Solid-Phase Peptide Synthesis, W.H. Freeman Co., San Francisco, Calif. (1969); Merrifield, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 85:2149-2154 (1963)]. In vitro protein synthesis may be performed using manual techniques or by automation. Automated synthesis may be accomplished, for instance, using an Applied Biosystems Peptide Synthesizer (Foster City, Calif.) using manufacturer's instructions. Various portions of the IL-22 may be chemically synthesized separately and combined using chemical or enzymatic methods to produce the full-length IL-22.
  • 1. Isolation of DNA Encoding IL-22
  • DNA encoding IL-22 may be obtained from a cDNA library prepared from tissue believed to possess the IL-22 mRNA and to express it at a detectable level. Accordingly, human IL-22 DNA can be conveniently obtained from a cDNA library prepared from human tissue, such as described in the Examples. The IL-22-encoding gene may also be obtained from a genomic library or by known synthetic procedures (e.g., automated nucleic acid synthesis).
  • Libraries can be screened with probes (such as antibodies to the IL-22 or oligonucleotides of at least about 20-80 bases) designed to identify the gene of interest or the protein encoded by it. Screening the cDNA or genomic library with the selected probe may be conducted using standard procedures, such as described in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (New York: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1989). An alternative means to isolate the gene encoding IL-22 is to use PCR methodology [Sambrook et al., supra; Dieffenbach et al., PCR Primer: A Laboratory Manual (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1995)].
  • The Examples below describe techniques for screening a cDNA library. The oligonucleotide sequences selected as probes should be of sufficient length and sufficiently unambiguous that false positives are minimized. The oligonucleotide is preferably labeled such that it can be detected upon hybridization to DNA in the library being screened. Methods of labeling are well known in the art, and include the use of radiolabels like 32P-labeled ATP, biotinylation or enzyme labeling. Hybridization conditions, including moderate stringency and high stringency, are provided in Sambrook et al., supra.
  • Sequences identified in such library screening methods can be compared and aligned to other known sequences deposited and available in public databases such as GenBank or other private sequence databases. Sequence identity (at either the amino acid or nucleotide level) within defined regions of the molecule or across the full-length sequence can be determined using methods known in the art and as described herein.
  • Nucleic acid having protein coding sequence may be obtained by screening selected cDNA or genomic libraries using the deduced amino acid sequence disclosed herein for the first time, and, if necessary, using conventional primer extension procedures as described in Sambrook et al., supra, to detect precursors and processing intermediates of mRNA that may not have been reverse-transcribed into cDNA.
  • 2. Selection and Transformation of Host Cells
  • Host cells are transfected or transformed with expression or cloning vectors described herein for IL-22 production and cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for inducing promoters, selecting transformants, or amplifying the genes encoding the desired sequences. The culture conditions, such as media, temperature, pH and the like, can be selected by the skilled artisan without undue experimentation. In general, principles, protocols, and practical techniques for maximizing the productivity of cell cultures can be found in Mammalian Cell Biotechnology: a Practical Approach, M. Butler, ed. (IRL Press, 1991) and Sambrook et al., supra.
  • Methods of eukaryotic cell transfection and prokaryotic cell transformation are known to the ordinarily skilled artisan, for example, CaCl2, CaPO4, liposome-mediated and electroporation. Depending on the host cell used, transformation is performed using standard techniques appropriate to such cells. The calcium treatment employing calcium chloride, as described in Sambrook et al., supra, or electroporation is generally used for prokaryotes. Infection with Agrobacterium tumefaciens is used for transformation of certain plant cells, as described by Shaw et al., Gene, 23:315 (1983) and WO 89/05859 published 29 Jun. 1989. For mammalian cells without such cell walls, the calcium phosphate precipitation method of Graham and van der Eb, Virology, 52:456-457 (1978) can be employed. General aspects of mammalian cell host system transfections have been described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,399,216. Transformations into yeast are typically carried out according to the method of Van Solingen et al., J. Bact., 130:946 (1977) and Hsiao et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA), 76:3829 (1979). However, other methods for introducing DNA into cells, such as by nuclear microinjection, electroporation, bacterial protoplast fusion with intact cells, or polycations, e.g., polybrene, polyornithine, may also be used. For various techniques for transforming mammalian cells, see Keown et al., Methods in Enzymology, 185:527-537 (1990) and Mansour et al., Nature, 336:348-352 (1988).
  • Suitable host cells for cloning or expressing the DNA in the vectors herein include prokaryote, yeast, or higher eukaryote cells. Suitable prokaryotes include but are not limited to eubacteria, such as Gram-negative or Gram-positive organisms, for example, Enterobacteriaceae such as E. coli. Various E. coli strains are publicly available, such as E. coli K12 strain MM294 (ATCC 31,446); E. coli X1776 (ATCC 31,537); E. coli strain W3110 (ATCC 27,325) and K5 772 (ATCC 53,635). Other suitable prokaryotic host cells include Enterobacteriaceae such as Escherichia, e.g., E. coli, Enterobacter, Erwinia, Klebsiella, Proteus, Salmonella, e.g., Salmonella typhimurium, Serratia, e.g., Serratia marcescans, and Shigella, as well as Bacilli such as B. subtilis and B. licheniformis (e.g., B. licheniformis 41P disclosed in DD 266,710 published 12 Apr. 1989), Pseudomonas such as P. aeruginosa, and Streptomyces. These examples are illustrative rather than limiting. Strain W3110 is one particularly preferred host or parent host because it is a common host strain for recombinant DNA product fermentations. Preferably, the host cell secretes minimal amounts of proteolytic enzymes. For example, strain W3110 may be modified to effect a genetic mutation in the genes encoding proteins endogenous to the host, with examples of such hosts including E. coli W3110 strain 1A2, which has the complete genotype tonA; E. coli W3110 strain 9E4, which has the complete genotype tonA ptr3: E. coli W3110 strain 27C7 (ATCC 55,244), which has the complete genotype tonA ptr3 phoA E15 (argF-lac)169 degP ompT kanr ; E. coli W3110 strain 37D6, which has the complete genotype tonA ptr3 phoA E15 (argF-lac)169 degP ompT rbs7 ilvG kanr ; E. coli W3110 strain 40B4, which is strain 37D6 with a non-kanamycin resistant degP deletion mutation; and an E. coli strain having mutant periplasmic protease disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,783 issued 7 Aug. 1990. Alternatively, in vitro methods of cloning, e.g., PCR or other nucleic acid polymerase reactions, are suitable.
  • In addition to prokaryotes, eukaryotic microbes such as filamentous fungi or yeast are suitable cloning or expression hosts for IL-22-encoding vectors. Saccharomyces cerevisiae is a commonly used lower eukaryotic host microorganism. Others include Schizosaccharomyces pombe (Beach and Nurse, Nature, 290: 140 [1981]; EP 139,383 published 2 May 1985); Kluyveromyces hosts (U.S. Pat. No. 4,943,529; Fleer et al., Bio/Technology, 9:968-975 (1991)) such as, e.g., K. lactis (MW98-8C, CBS683, CBS4574; Louvencourt et al., J. Bacteriol., 154(2):737-742 119831). K. fragilis (ATCC 12,424), K. bulgaricus (ATCC 16,045), K. wickeramii (ATCC 24,178), K. waltii (ATCC 56,500), K. drosophilarum (ATCC 36,906; Van den Berg et al., Bio/Technology, 8:135 (1990)), K. thermotolerans, and K. marxianus; yarrowia (EP 402,226); Pichia pastoris (EP 183,070; Sreekrishna et al., J. Basic Microbiol, 28:265-278 [1988]); Candida; Trichoderma reesia (EP 244,234); Neurospora crassa (Case et al., Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 76:5259-5263 [1979]); Schwanniomyces such as Schwanniomyces occidentalis (EP 394,538 published 31 Oct. 1990); and filamentous fungi such as, e.g., Neurospora, Penicillium, Tolypocladium (WO 91/00357 published 10 Jan. 1991), and Aspergillus hosts such as A. nidulans (Ballance et al., Biochem. Biophs. Res. Commun., 112:284-289 [1983]; Tilburn et al., Gene, 26:205-221 [1983]; Yelton et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81: 1470-1474 [1984]) and A. niger (Kelly and Hynes, EMBO J., 4:475-479 [1985]). Methylotropic yeasts are suitable herein and include, but are not limited to, yeast capable of growth on methanol selected from the genera consisting of Hansenula, Candida, Kloeckera, Pichia, Saccharomyces, Torulopsis, and Rhodotorula. A list of specific species that are exemplary of this class of yeasts may be found in C. Anthony, The Biochemistry of Methylotrophs, 269 (1982).
  • Suitable host cells for the expression of glycosylated IL-22 are derived from multicellular organisms. Examples of invertebrate cells include insect cells such as Drosophila S2 and Spodoptera Sf9, as well as plant cells. Examples of useful mammalian host cell lines include Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) and COS cells. More specific examples include monkey kidney CV1 line transformed by SV40 (COS-7, ATCC CRL 1651); human embryonic kidney line (293 or 293 cells subcloned for growth in suspension culture, Graham et al., J. Gen Virol., 36:59 (1977)); Chinese hamster ovary cells/−DHFR (CHO, Urlaub and Chasin, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:4216 (1980)); mouse sertoli cells (TM4, Mather, Biol. Reprod, 23:243-251 (1980)); human lung cells (W138, ATCC CCL 75); human liver cells (Hep G2, HB 8065); and mouse mammary tumor (MMT 060562, ATCC CCL51). The selection of the appropriate host cell is deemed to be within the skill in the art.
  • 3. Selection and Use of a Replicable Vector
  • The nucleic acid (e.g., cDNA or genomic DNA) encoding IL-22 may be inserted into a replicable vector for cloning (amplification of the DNA) or for expression. Various vectors are publicly available. The vector may, for example, be in the form of a plasmid, cosmid, viral particle, or phage. The appropriate nucleic acid sequence may be inserted into the vector by a variety of procedures. In general, DNA is inserted into an appropriate restriction endonuclease site(s) using techniques known in the art. Vector components generally include, but are not limited to, one or more of a signal sequence, an origin of replication, one or more marker genes, an enhancer element, a promoter, and a transcription termination sequence. Construction of suitable vectors containing one or more of these components employs standard ligation techniques which are known to the skilled artisan.
  • The IL-22 may be produced recombinantly not only directly, but also as a fusion polypeptide with a heterologous polypeptide, which may be a signal sequence or other polypeptide having a specific cleavage site at the N-terminus of the mature protein or polypeptide. In general, the signal sequence may be a component of the vector, or it may be a part of the IL-22-encoding DNA that is inserted into the vector. The signal sequence may be a prokaryotic signal sequence selected, for example, from the group of the alkaline phosphatase, penicillinase, lpp, or heat-stable enterotoxin II leaders. For yeast secretion the signal sequence may be, e.g., the yeast invertase leader, alpha factor leader (including Saccharomyces and Kluyveromyces ÿ-factor leaders, the latter described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,010,182), or acid phosphatase leader, the C. albicans glucoamylase leader (EP 362,179 published 4 Apr. 1990), or the signal described in WO 90/13646 published 15 Nov. 1990. In mammalian cell expression, mammalian signal sequences may be used to direct secretion of the protein, such as signal sequences from secreted polypeptides of the same or related species, as well as viral secretory leaders.
  • Both expression and cloning vectors contain a nucleic acid sequence that enables the vector to replicate in one or more selected host cells. Such sequences are well known for a variety of bacteria, yeast, and viruses. The origin of replication from the plasmid pBR322 is suitable for most Gram-negative bacteria, the 2ÿ plasmid origin is suitable for yeast, and various viral origins (SV40, polyoma, adenovirus, VSV or BPV) are useful for cloning vectors in mammalian cells.
  • Expression and cloning vectors will typically contain a selection gene, also termed a selectable marker. Typical selection genes encode proteins that (a) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins, e.g., ampicillin, neomycin, methotrexate, or tetracycline, (b) complement auxotrophic deficiencies, or (c) supply critical nutrients not available from complex media, e.g., the gene encoding D-alanine racemase for Bacilli.
  • An example of suitable selectable markers for mammalian cells are those that enable the identification of cells competent to take up the IL-22-encoding nucleic acid, such as DHFR or thymidine kinase. An appropriate host cell when wild-type DHFR is employed is the CHO cell line deficient in DHFR activity, prepared and propagated as described by Urlaub et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:4216 (1980). A suitable selection gene for use in yeast is the trp1 gene present in the yeast plasmid YRp7 [Stinchcomb et al., Nature, 282:39 (1979); Kingsman et al., Gene, 7:141 (1979): Tschemper et al., Gene, 10:157 (1980)]. The trp1 gene provides a selection marker for a mutant strain of yeast lacking the ability to grow in tryptophan, for example, ATCC No. 44076 or PEP4-1 [Jones, Genetics, 85:12 (1977)].
  • Expression and cloning vectors usually contain a promoter operably linked to the IL-22-encoding nucleic acid sequence to direct mRNA synthesis. Promoters recognized by a variety of potential host cells are well known. Promoters suitable for use with prokaryotic hosts include the ÿ-lactamase and lactose promoter systems [Chang et al., Nature, 275:615 (1978); Goeddel et al., Nature, 281:544 (1979)], alkaline phosphatase, a tryptophan (trp) promoter system [Goeddel, Nucleic Acids Res., 8:4057 (1980); EP 36,776], and hybrid promoters such as the tac promoter [deBoer et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 80:21-25 (1983)]. Promoters for use in bacterial systems also will contain a Shine-Dalgarno (S.D.) sequence operably linked to the DNA encoding IL-22.
  • Examples of suitable promoting sequences for use with yeast hosts include the promoters for 3-phosphoglycerate kinase [Hitzeman et al., J. Biol. Chem., 255:2073 (1980)] or other glycolytic enzymes [Hess et al., J. Adv. Enzyme Reg., 7:149 (1968); Holland, Biochemistry, 17:4900 (1978)], such as enolase, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, hexokinase, pyruvate decarboxylase, phosphofructokinase, glucose-6-phosphate isomerase, 3-phosphoglycerate mutase, pyruvate kinase, triosephosphate isomerase, phosphoglucose isomerase, and glucokinase.
  • Other yeast promoters, which are inducible promoters having the additional advantage of transcription controlled by growth conditions, are the promoter regions for alcohol dehydrogenase 2, isocytochrome C, acid phosphatase, degradative enzymes associated with nitrogen metabolism, metallothionein, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, and enzymes responsible for maltose and galactose utilization. Suitable vectors and promoters for use in yeast expression are further described in EP 73,657.
  • IL-22 transcription from vectors in mammalian host cells is controlled, for example, by promoters obtained from the genomes of viruses such as polyoma virus, fowlpox virus (UK 2,211,504 published 5 Jul. 1989), adenovirus (such as Adenovirus 2), bovine papilloma virus, avian sarcoma virus, cytomegalovirus, a retrovirus, hepatitis-B virus and Simian Virus 40 (SV40), from heterologous mammalian promoters, e.g., the actin promoter or an immunoglobulin promoter, and from heat-shock promoters, provided such promoters are compatible with the host cell systems.
  • Transcription of a DNA encoding the IL-22 by higher eukaryotes may be increased by inserting an enhancer sequence into the vector. Enhancers are cis-acting elements of DNA, usually about from 10 to 300 bp, that act on a promoter to increase its transcription. Many enhancer sequences are now known from mammalian genes (globin, elastase, albumin, ÿ-fetoprotein, and insulin). Typically, however, one will use an enhancer from a eukaryotic cell virus. Examples include the SV40 enhancer on the late side of the replication origin (bp 100-270), the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer on the late side of the replication origin, and adenovirus enhancers. The enhancer may be spliced into the vector at a position 5′ or 3′ to the IL-22 coding sequence, but is preferably located at a site 5′ from the promoter.
  • Expression vectors used in eukaryotic host cells (yeast, fungi, insect, plant, animal, human, or nucleated cells from other multicellular organisms) will also contain sequences necessary for the termination of transcription and for stabilizing the mRNA. Such sequences are commonly available from the 5′ and, occasionally 3′, untranslated regions of eukaryotic or viral DNAs or cDNAs. These regions contain nucleotide segments transcribed as polyadenylated fragments in the untranslated portion of the mRNA encoding IL-22.
  • Still other methods, vectors, and host cells suitable for adaptation to the synthesis of IL-22 in recombinant vertebrate cell culture are described in Gething et al., Nature, 293:620-625 (1981); Mantei et al., Nature, 281:40-46 (1979); EP 117,060; and EP 117,058.
  • 4. Detecting Gene Amplification/Expression
  • Gene amplification and/or expression may be measured in a sample directly, for example, by conventional Southern blotting, Northern blotting to quantitate the transcription of mRNA [Thomas, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:5201-5205 (1980)], dot blotting (DNA analysis), or in situ hybridization, using an appropriately labeled probe, based on the sequences provided herein. Alternatively, antibodies may be employed that can recognize specific duplexes, including DNA duplexes, RNA duplexes, and DNA-RNA hybrid duplexes or DNA-protein duplexes. The antibodies in turn may be labeled and the assay may be carried out where the duplex is bound to a surface, so that upon the formation of duplex on the surface, the presence of antibody bound to the duplex can be detected.
  • Gene expression, alternatively, may be measured by immunological methods, such as immunohistochemical staining of cells or tissue sections and assay of cell culture or body fluids, to quantitate directly the expression of gene product. Antibodies useful for immunohistochemical staining and/or assay of sample fluids may be either monoclonal or polyclonal, and may be prepared in any mammal. Conveniently, the antibodies may be prepared against a native sequence IL-22 polypeptide or against a synthetic peptide based on the DNA sequences provided herein or against exogenous sequence fused to IL-22 DNA and encoding a specific antibody epitope.
  • 5. Purification of Polypeptide
  • Forms of IL-22 may be recovered from culture medium or from host cell lysates. If membrane-bound, it can be released from the membrane using a suitable detergent solution (e.g. Triton-X 100) or by enzymatic cleavage. Cells employed in expression of IL-22 can be disrupted by various physical or chemical means, such as freeze-thaw cycling, sonication, mechanical disruption, or cell lysing agents.
  • It may be desired to purify IL-22 from recombinant cell proteins or polypeptides. The following procedures are exemplary of suitable purification procedures: by fractionation on an ion-exchange column; ethanol precipitation; reverse phase HPLC; chromatography on silica or on a cation-exchange resin such as DEAE; chromatofocusing; SDS-PAGE; ammonium sulfate precipitation; gel filtration using, for example, Sephadex G-75; protein A Sepharose columns to remove contaminants such as IgG; and metal chelating columns to bind epitope-tagged forms of the IL-22. Various methods of protein purification may be employed and such methods are known in the art and described for example in Deutscher, Methods in Enzymology, 182 (1990); Scopes, Protein Purification: Principles and Practice, Springer-Verlag, New York (1982). The purification step(s) selected will depend, for example, on the nature of the production process used and the particular IL-22 produced.
  • E. Uses for IL-22
  • Nucleotide sequences (or their complement) encoding IL-22 have various applications in the art of molecular biology, including uses as hybridization probes, in chromosome and gene mapping and in the generation of anti-sense RNA and DNA. IL-22 nucleic acid will also be useful for the preparation of IL-22 polypeptides by the recombinant techniques described herein.
  • The full-length native sequence IL-22 gene, or portions thereof, may be used as hybridization probes for a cDNA library to isolate the full-length IL-22 cDNA or to isolate still other cDNAs (for instance, those encoding naturally-occurring variants of IL-22 or IL-22 from other species) which have a desired sequence identity to the native IL-22 sequence disclosed herein. Optionally, the length of the probes will be about 20 to about 50 bases. The hybridization probes may be derived from at least partially novel regions of the full length native nucleotide sequence wherein those regions may be determined without undue experimentation or from genomic sequences including promoters, enhancer elements and introns of native sequence IL-22. By way of example, a screening method will comprise isolating the coding region of the IL-22 gene using the known DNA sequence to synthesize a selected probe of about 40 bases. Hybridization probes may be labeled by a variety of labels, including radionucleotides such as 32P or 35S, or enzymatic labels such as alkaline phosphatase coupled to the probe via avidin/biotin coupling systems. Labeled probes having a sequence complementary to that of the IL-22 gene of the present invention can be used to screen libraries of human cDNA, genomic DNA or mRNA to determine which members of such libraries the probe hybridizes to. Hybridization techniques are described in further detail in the Examples below.
  • Any EST sequences disclosed in the present application may similarly be employed as probes, using the methods disclosed herein.
  • Other useful fragments of the IL-22 nucleic acids include antisense or sense oligonucleotides comprising a singe-stranded nucleic acid sequence (either RNA or DNA) capable of binding to target IL-22 mRNA (sense) or IL-22 DNA (antisense) sequences. Antisense or sense oligonucleotides, according to the present invention, comprise a fragment of the coding region of IL-22 DNA. Such a fragment generally comprises at least about 14 nucleotides, preferably from about 14 to 30 nucleotides. The ability to derive an antisense or a sense oligonucleotide, based upon a cDNA sequence encoding a given protein is described in, for example, Stein and Cohen (Cancer Res. 48:2659, 1988) and van der Krol et al. (BioTechniques 6:958, 1988).
  • Binding of antisense or sense oligonucleotides to target nucleic acid sequences results in the formation of duplexes that block transcription or translation of the target sequence by one of several means, including enhanced degradation of the duplexes, premature termination of transcription or translation, or by other means. The antisense oligonucleotides thus may be used to block expression of IL-22 proteins. Antisense or sense oligonucleotides further comprise oligonucleotides having modified sugar-phosphodiester backbones (or other sugar linkages, such as those described in WO 91/06629) and wherein such sugar linkages are resistant to endogenous nucleases. Such oligonucleotides with resistant sugar linkages are stable in vivo (i.e., capable of resisting enzymatic degradation) but retain sequence specificity to be able to bind to target nucleotide sequences.
  • Other examples of sense or antisense oligonucleotides include those oligonucleotides which are covalently linked to organic moieties, such as those described in WO 90/10048, and other moieties that increases affinity of the oligonucleotide for a target nucleic acid sequence, such as poly-(L-lysine). Further still, intercalating agents, such as ellipticine, and alkylating agents or metal complexes may be attached to sense or antisense oligonucleotides to modify binding specificities of the antisense or sense oligonucleotide for the target nucleotide sequence.
  • Antisense or sense oligonucleotides may be introduced into a cell containing the target nucleic acid sequence by any gene transfer method, including, for example, CaPO4−-mediated DNA transfection, electroporation, or by using gene transfer vectors such as Epstein-Barr virus. In a preferred procedure, an antisense or sense oligonucleotide is inserted into a suitable retroviral vector. A cell containing the target nucleic acid sequence is contacted with the recombinant retroviral vector, either in vivo or ex vivo. Suitable retroviral vectors include, but are not limited to, those derived from the murine retrovirus M-MuLV, N2 (a retrovirus derived from M-MuLV), or the double copy vectors designated DCT5A, DCT5B and DCT5C (see WO 90/13641).
  • Sense or antisense oligonucleotides also may be introduced into a cell containing the target nucleotide sequence by formation of a conjugate with a ligand binding molecule, as described in WO 91/04753. Suitable ligand binding molecules include, but are not limited to, cell surface receptors, growth factors, other cytokines, or other ligands that bind to cell surface receptors. Preferably, conjugation of the ligand binding molecule does not substantially interfere with the ability of the ligand binding molecule to bind to its corresponding molecule or receptor, or block entry of the sense or antisense oligonucleotide or its conjugated version into the cell.
  • Alternatively, a sense or an antisense oligonucleotide may be introduced into a cell containing the target nucleic acid sequence by formation of an oligonucleotide-lipid complex, as described in WO 90/10448. The sense or antisense oligonucleotide-lipid complex is preferably dissociated within the cell by an endogenous lipase.
  • Antisense or sense RNA or DNA molecules are generally at least about 5 bases in length, about 10 bases in length, about 15 bases in length, about 20 bases in length, about 25 bases in length, about 30 bases in length, about 35 bases in length, about 40 bases in length, about 45 bases in length, about 50 bases in length, about 55 bases in length, about 60 bases in length, about 65 bases in length, about 70 bases in length, about 75 bases in length, about 80 bases in length, about 85 bases in length, about 90 bases in length, about 95 bases in length, about 100 bases in length, or more.
  • The probes may also be employed in PCR techniques to generate a pool of sequences for identification of closely related IL-22 coding sequences.
  • Nucleotide sequences encoding an IL-22 can also be used to construct hybridization probes for mapping the gene which encodes that IL-22 and for the genetic analysis of individuals with genetic disorders. The nucleotide sequences provided herein may be mapped to a chromosome and specific regions of a chromosome using known techniques, such as in situ hybridization, linkage analysis against known chromosomal markers, and hybridization screening with libraries.
  • When the coding sequences for IL-22 encode a protein which binds to another protein (example, where the IL-22 is a receptor), the IL-22 can be used in assays to identify the other proteins or molecules involved in the binding interaction. By such methods, inhibitors of the receptor/ligand binding interaction can be identified. Proteins involved in such binding interactions can also be used to screen for peptide or small molecule inhibitors or agonists of the binding interaction. Also, the receptor IL-22 can be used to isolate correlative ligand(s). Screening assays can be designed to find lead compounds that mimic the biological activity of a native IL-22 or a receptor for IL-22. Such screening assays will include assays amenable to high-throughput screening of chemical libraries, making them particularly suitable for identifying small molecule drug candidates. Small molecules contemplated include synthetic organic or inorganic compounds. The assays can be performed in a variety of formats, including protein-protein binding assays, biochemical screening assays, immunoassays and cell based assays, which are well characterized in the art.
  • Nucleic acids which encode IL-22 or its modified forms can also be used to generate either transgenic animals or “knock out” animals which, in turn, are useful in the development and screening of therapeutically useful reagents. A transgenic animal (e.g., a mouse or rat) is an animal having cells that contain a transgene, which transgene was introduced into the animal or an ancestor of the animal at a prenatal, e.g., an embryonic stage. A transgene is a DNA which is integrated into the genome of a cell from which a transgenic animal develops. In one embodiment, cDNA encoding IL-22 can be used to clone genomic DNA encoding IL-22 in accordance with established techniques and the genomic sequences used to generate transgenic animals that contain cells which express DNA encoding IL-22. Methods for generating transgenic animals, particularly animals such as mice or rats, have become conventional in the art and are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,736,866 and 4,870,009. Typically, particular cells would be targeted for IL-22 transgene incorporation with tissue-specific enhancers. Transgenic animals that include a copy of a transgene encoding IL-22 introduced into the germ line of the animal at an embryonic stage can be used to examine the effect of increased expression of DNA encoding IL-22. Such animals can be used as tester animals for reagents thought to confer protection from, for example, pathological conditions associated with its overexpression. In accordance with this facet of the invention, an animal is treated with the reagent and a reduced incidence of the pathological condition, compared to untreated animals bearing the transgene, would indicate a potential therapeutic intervention for the pathological condition.
  • Alternatively, non-human homologues of IL-22 can be used to construct an IL-22 “knock out” animal which has a defective or altered gene encoding IL-22 as a result of homologous recombination between the endogenous gene encoding IL-22 and altered genomic DNA encoding IL-22 introduced into an embryonic stem cell of the animal. For example, cDNA encoding IL-22 can be used to clone genomic DNA encoding IL-22 in accordance with established techniques. A portion of the genomic DNA encoding IL-22 can be deleted or replaced with another gene, such as a gene encoding a selectable marker which can be used to monitor integration. Typically, several kilobases of unaltered flanking DNA (both at the 5′ and 3′ ends) are included in the vector [see e.g., Thomas and Capecchi, Cell, 51:503 (1987) for a description of homologous recombination vectors]. The vector is introduced into an embryonic stem cell line (e.g., by electroporation) and cells in which the introduced DNA has homologously recombined with the endogenous DNA are selected [see e.g., Li et al., Cell, 69:915 (1992)]. The selected cells are then injected into a blastocyst of an animal (e.g., a mouse or rat) to form aggregation chimeras [see e.g., Bradley, in Teratocarcinomas and Embryonic Stem Cells. A Practical Approach, E. J. Robertson, ed. (IRL, Oxford, 1987), pp. 113-152]. A chimeric embryo can then be implanted into a suitable pseudopregnant female foster animal and the embryo brought to term to create a “knock out” animal. Progeny harboring the homologously recombined DNA in their germ cells can be identified by standard techniques and used to breed animals in which all cells of the animal contain the homologously recombined DNA. Knockout animals can be characterized for instance, for their ability to defend against certain pathological conditions and for their development of pathological conditions due to absence of the IL-22 polypeptide.
  • Nucleic acid encoding the IL-22 polypeptides may also be used in gene therapy. In gene therapy applications, genes are introduced into cells in order to achieve in vivo synthesis of a therapeutically effective genetic product, for example for replacement of a defective gene. “Gene therapy” includes both conventional gene therapy where a lasting effect is achieved by a single treatment, and the administration of gene therapeutic agents, which involves the one time or repeated administration of a therapeutically effective DNA or mRNA. Antisense RNAs and DNAs can be used as therapeutic agents for blocking the expression of certain genes in vivo. It has already been shown that short antisense oligonucleotides can be imported into cells where they act as inhibitors, despite their low intracellular concentrations caused by their restricted uptake by the cell membrane. (Zamecnik et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:4143-4146 [1986]). The oligonucleotides can be modified to enhance their uptake, e.g. by substituting their negatively charged phosphodiester groups by uncharged groups.
  • There are a variety of techniques available for introducing nucleic acids into viable cells. The techniques vary depending upon whether the nucleic acid is transferred into cultured cells in vitro, or in vivo in the cells of the intended host. Techniques suitable for the transfer of nucleic acid into mammalian cells in vitro include the use of liposomes, electroporation, microinjection, cell fusion, DEAE-dextran, the calcium phosphate precipitation method, etc. The currently preferred in vivo gene transfer techniques include transfection with viral (typically retroviral) vectors and viral coat protein-liposome mediated transfection (Dzau et al., Trends in Biotechnology 11, 205-210 [1993]). In some situations it is desirable to provide the nucleic acid source with an agent that targets the target cells, such as an antibody specific for a cell surface membrane protein or the target cell, a ligand for a receptor on the target cell, etc. Where liposomes are employed, proteins which bind to a cell surface membrane protein associated with endocytosis may be used for targeting and/or to facilitate uptake, e.g. capsid proteins or fragments thereof tropic for a particular cell type, antibodies for proteins which undergo internalization in cycling, proteins that target intracellular localization and enhance intracellular half-life. The technique of receptor-mediated endocytosis is described, for example, by Wu et al., J. Biol. Chem. 262, 4429-4432 (1987); and Wagner et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87, 3410-3414 (1990). For review of gene marking and gene therapy protocols see Anderson et al., Science 256, 808-813 (1992).
  • The IL-22 polypeptides described herein may also be employed as molecular weight markers for protein electrophoresis purposes and the isolated nucleic acid sequences may be used for recombinantly expressing those markers.
  • The nucleic acid molecules encoding the IL-22 polypeptides or fragments thereof described herein are useful for chromosome identification. In this regard, there exists an ongoing need to identify new chromosome markers, since relatively few chromosome marking reagents, based upon actual sequence data are presently available. Each IL-22 nucleic acid molecule of the present invention can be used as a chromosome marker.
  • The IL-22 polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules of the present invention may also be used diagnostically for tissue typing, wherein the IL-22 polypeptides of the present invention may be differentially expressed in one tissue as compared to another, preferably in a diseased tissue as compared to a normal tissue of the same tissue type. IL-22 nucleic acid molecules will find use for generating probes for PCR, Northern analysis, Southern analysis and Western analysis.
  • The IL-22 polypeptides described herein may also be employed as therapeutic agents. The IL-22 polypeptides of the present invention can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, whereby the IL-22 product hereof is combined in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier vehicle. Therapeutic formulations are prepared for storage by mixing the active ingredient having the desired degree of purity with optional physiologically acceptable carriers, excipients or stabilizers (Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences 16th edition, Osol, A. Ed. (1980)), in the form of lyophilized formulations or aqueous solutions. Acceptable carriers, excipients or stabilizers are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and include buffers such as phosphate, citrate and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid: low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, arginine or lysine; monosaccharides, disaccharides and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugar alcohols such as mannitol or sorbitol; salt-forming counterions such as sodium; and/or nonionic surfactants such as TWEEN™, PLURONICS™ or PEG.
  • The formulations to be used for in vivo administration must be sterile. This is readily accomplished by filtration through sterile filtration membranes, prior to or following lyophilization and reconstitution.
  • Therapeutic compositions herein generally are placed into a container having a sterile access port, for example, an intravenous solution bag or vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle.
  • The route of administration is in accord with known methods, e.g. injection or infusion by intravenous, intraperitoneal, intracerebral, intramuscular, intraocular, intraarterial or intralesional routes, topical administration, or by sustained release systems.
  • Dosages and desired drug concentrations of pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may vary depending on the particular use envisioned. The determination of the appropriate dosage or route of administration is well within the skill of an ordinary physician. Animal experiments provide reliable guidance for the determination of effective doses for human therapy. Interspecies scaling of effective doses can be performed following the principles laid down by Mordenti, J. and Chappell, W. “The use of interspecies scaling in toxicokinetics” In Toxicokinetics and New Drug Development, Yacobi et al., Eds., Pergamon Press, New York 1989, pp. 42-96.
  • When in vivo administration of an IL-22 polypeptide or agonist or antagonist thereof is employed, normal dosage amounts may vary from about 10 ng/kg to up to 100 mg/kg of mammal body weight or more per day, preferably about 1 ÿg/kg/day to 10 mg/kg/day, depending upon the route of administration. Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of delivery is provided in the literature; see, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,657,760; 5,206,344; or 5,225,212. It is anticipated that different formulations will be effective for different treatment compounds and different disorders, that administration targeting one organ or tissue, for example, may necessitate delivery in a manner different from that to another organ or tissue.
  • Where sustained-release administration of an IL-22 polypeptide is desired in a formulation with release characteristics suitable for the treatment of any disease or disorder requiring administration of the IL-22 polypeptide, microencapsulation of the IL-22 polypeptide is contemplated. Microencapsulation of recombinant proteins for sustained release has been successfully performed with human growth hormone (rhGH), interferon- (rhIFN-), interleukin-2, and MN rgp120. Johnson et al., Nat. Med., 2:795-799 (1996); Yasuda, Biomed. Ther., 27:1221-1223 (1993); Hora et al., Bio/Technology, 8:755-758 (1990); Cleland, “Design and Production of Single Immunization Vaccines Using Polylactide Polyglycolide Microsphere Systems,” in Vaccine Design: The Subunit and Adjuvant Approach, Powell and Newman, eds, (Plenum Press: New York, 1995), pp. 439-462; WO 97/03692, WO 96/40072, WO 96/07399; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,654,010.
  • The sustained-release formulations of these proteins were developed using poly-lactic-coglycolic acid (PLGA) polymer due to its biocompatibility and wide range of biodegradable properties. The degradation products of PLGA, lactic and glycolic acids, can be cleared quickly within the human body. Moreover, the degradability of this polymer can be adjusted from months to years depending on its molecular weight and composition. Lewis, “Controlled release of bioactive agents from lactide/glycolide polymer,” in: M. Chasin and R. Langer (Eds.), Biodegradable Polymers as Drug Delivery Systems (Marcel Dekker: New York, 1990), pp. 1-41.
  • This invention encompasses methods of screening compounds to identify those that mimic the IL-22 polypeptide (agonists) or prevent the effect of the IL-22 polypeptide (antagonists). Screening assays for antagonist drug candidates are designed to identify compounds that bind or complex with the IL-22 polypeptides encoded by the genes identified herein, or otherwise interfere with the interaction of the encoded polypeptides with other cellular proteins. Such screening assays will include assays amenable to high-throughput screening of chemical libraries, making them particularly suitable for identifying small molecule drug candidates.
  • The assays can be performed in a variety of formats, including protein-protein binding assays, biochemical screening assays, immunoassays, and cell-based assays, which are well characterized in the art.
  • All assays for antagonists are common in that they call for contacting the drug candidate with an IL-22 polypeptide encoded by a nucleic acid identified herein under conditions and for a time sufficient to allow these two components to interact.
  • In binding assays, the interaction is binding and the complex formed can be isolated or detected in the reaction mixture. In a particular embodiment, the IL-22 polypeptide encoded by the gene identified herein or the drug candidate is immobilized on a solid phase, e.g., on a microtiter plate, by covalent or non-covalent attachments. Non-covalent attachment generally is accomplished by coating the solid surface with a solution of the IL-22 polypeptide and drying. Alternatively, an immobilized antibody, e.g., a monoclonal antibody, specific for the IL-22 polypeptide to be immobilized can be used to anchor it to a solid surface. The assay is performed by adding the non-immobilized component, which may be labeled by a detectable label, to the immobilized component, e.g., the coated surface containing the anchored component. When the reaction is complete, the non-reacted components are removed, e.g., by washing, and complexes anchored on the solid surface are detected. When the originally non-immobilized component carries a detectable label, the detection of label immobilized on the surface indicates that complexing occurred. Where the originally non-immobilized component does not carry a label, complexing can be detected, for example, by using a labeled antibody specifically binding the immobilized complex.
  • If the candidate compound interacts with but does not bind to a particular IL-22 polypeptide encoded by a gene identified herein, its interaction with that polypeptide can be assayed by methods well known for detecting protein-protein interactions. Such assays include traditional approaches, such as, e.g., cross-linking, co-immunoprecipitation, and co-purification through gradients or chromatographic columns. In addition, protein-protein interactions can be monitored by using a yeast-based genetic system described by Fields and co-workers (Fields and Song, Nature (London), 340:245-246 (1989); Chien et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 88:9578-9582 (1991)) as disclosed by Chevray and Nathans, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89: 5789-5793 (1991). Many transcriptional activators, such as yeast GAL4, consist of two physically discrete modular domains, one acting as the DNA-binding domain, the other one functioning as the transcription-activation domain. The yeast expression system described in the foregoing publications (generally referred to as the “two-hybrid system”) takes advantage of this property, and employs two hybrid proteins, one in which the target protein is fused to the DNA-binding domain of GAL4, and another, in which candidate activating proteins are fused to the activation domain. The expression of a GAL1-lacZ reporter gene under control of a GAL4-activated promoter depends on reconstitution of GAL4 activity via protein-protein interaction. Colonies containing interacting polypeptides are detected with a chromogenic substrate for ÿ-galactosidase. A complete kit (MATCHMAKER™) for identifying protein-protein interactions between two specific proteins using the two-hybrid technique is commercially available from Clontech. This system can also be extended to map protein domains involved in specific protein interactions as well as to pinpoint amino acid residues that are crucial for these interactions.
  • Compounds that interfere with the interaction of a gene encoding an IL-22 polypeptide identified herein and other intra- or extracellular components can be tested as follows: usually a reaction mixture is prepared containing the product of the gene and the intra or extracellular component under conditions and for a time allowing for the interaction and binding of the two products. To test the ability of a candidate compound to inhibit binding, the reaction is run in the absence and in the presence of the test compound. In addition, a placebo may be added to a third reaction mixture, to serve as positive control. The binding (complex formation) between the test compound and the intra or extracellular component present in the mixture is monitored as described hereinabove. The formation of a complex in the control reaction(s) but not in the reaction mixture containing the test compound indicates that the test compound interferes with the interaction of the test compound and its reaction partner.
  • To assay for antagonists, the IL-22 polypeptide may be added to a cell along with the compound to be screened for a particular activity and the ability of the compound to inhibit the activity of interest in the presence of the IL-22 polypeptide indicates that the compound is an antagonist to the IL-22 polypeptide. Alternatively, antagonists may be detected by combining the IL-22 polypeptide and a potential antagonist with membrane-bound IL-22 polypeptide receptors or recombinant receptors under appropriate conditions for a competitive inhibition assay. The IL-22 polypeptide can be labeled, such as by radioactivity, such that the number of IL-22 polypeptide molecules bound to the receptor can be used to determine the effectiveness of the potential antagonist. The gene encoding the receptor can be identified by numerous methods known to those of skill in the art, for example, ligand panning and FACS sorting. Coligan et al., Current Protocols in Immun., 1(2): Chapter 5 (1991). Preferably, expression cloning is employed wherein polyadenylated RNA is prepared from a cell responsive to the IL-22 polypeptide and a cDNA library created from this RNA is divided into pools and used to transfect COS cells or other cells that are not responsive to the IL-22 polypeptide. Transfected cells that are grown on glass slides are exposed to labeled IL-22 polypeptide. The IL-22 polypeptide can be labeled by a variety of means including iodination or inclusion of a recognition site for a site-specific protein kinase. Following fixation and incubation, the slides are subjected to autoradiographic analysis. Positive pools are identified and sub-pools are prepared and re-transfected using an interactive sub-pooling and re-screening process, eventually yielding a single clone that encodes the putative receptor.
  • As an alternative approach for receptor identification, labeled IL-22 polypeptide can be photoaffinity-linked with cell membrane or extract preparations that express the receptor molecule. Cross-linked material is resolved by PAGE and exposed to X-ray film. The labeled complex containing the receptor can be excised, resolved into peptide fragments, and subjected to protein micro-sequencing. The amino acid sequence obtained from micro-sequencing would be used to design a set of degenerate oligonucleotide probes to screen a cDNA library to identify the gene encoding the putative receptor.
  • In another assay for antagonists, mammalian cells or a membrane preparation expressing the receptor would be incubated with labeled IL-22 polypeptide in the presence of the candidate compound. The ability of the compound to enhance or block this interaction could then be measured.
  • More specific examples of potential antagonists include an oligonucleotide that binds to the fusions of immunoglobulin with IL-22 polypeptide, and, in particular, antibodies including, without limitation, poly- and monoclonal antibodies and antibody fragments, single-chain antibodies, anti-idiotypic antibodies, and chimeric or humanized versions of such antibodies or fragments, as well as human antibodies and antibody fragments. Alternatively, a potential antagonist may be a closely related protein, for example, a mutated form of the IL-22 polypeptide that recognizes the receptor but imparts no effect, thereby competitively inhibiting the action of the IL-22 polypeptide.
  • Another potential IL-22 polypeptide antagonist is an antisense RNA or DNA construct prepared using antisense technology, where, e.g., an antisense RNA or DNA molecule acts to block directly the translation of mRNA by hybridizing to targeted mRNA and preventing protein translation. Antisense technology can be used to control gene expression through triple-helix formation or antisense DNA or RNA, both of which methods are based on binding of a polynucleotide to DNA or RNA. For example, the 5′ coding portion of the polynucleotide sequence, which encodes the mature IL-22 polypeptides herein, is used to design an antisense RNA oligonucleotide of from about 10 to 40 base pairs in length. A DNA oligonucleotide is designed to be complementary to a region of the gene involved in transcription (triple helix—see Lee et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 6:3073 (1979); Cooney et al., Science, 241: 456 (1988); Dervan et al., Science, 251:1360 (1991)), thereby preventing transcription and the production of the IL-22 polypeptide. The antisense RNA oligonucleotide hybridizes to the mRNA in vivo and blocks translation of the mRNA molecule into the IL-22 polypeptide (antisense—Okano, Neurochem., 56:560 (1991); Oligodeoxynucleotides as Antisense Inhibitors of Gene Expression (CRC Press: Boca Raton, Fla., 1988). The oligonucleotides described above can also be delivered to cells such that the antisense RNA or DNA may be expressed in vivo to inhibit production of the IL-22 polypeptide. When antisense DNA is used, oligodeoxyribonucleotides derived from the translation-initiation site, e.g., between about −10 and +10 positions of the target gene nucleotide sequence, are preferred.
  • Potential antagonists include small molecules that bind to the active site, the receptor binding site, or growth factor or other relevant binding site of the IL-22 polypeptide, thereby blocking the normal biological activity of the IL-22 polypeptide. Examples of small molecules include, but are not limited to, small peptides or peptide-like molecules, preferably soluble peptides, and synthetic non-peptidyl organic or inorganic compounds.
  • Ribozymes are enzymatic RNA molecules capable of catalyzing the specific cleavage of RNA. Ribozymes act by sequence-specific hybridization to the complementary target RNA, followed by endonucleolytic cleavage. Specific ribozyme cleavage sites within a potential RNA target can be identified by known techniques. For further details see, e.g., Rossi, Current Biology, 4:469-471 (1994), and PCT publication No. WO 97/33551 (published Sep. 18, 1997).
  • Nucleic acid molecules in triple-helix formation used to inhibit transcription should be single-stranded and composed of deoxynucleotides. The base composition of these oligonucleotides is designed such that it promotes triple-helix formation via Hoogsteen base-pairing rules, which generally require sizeable stretches of purines or pyrimidines on one strand of a duplex. For further details see, e.g., PCT publication No. WO 97/33551, supra.
  • These small molecules can be identified by any one or more of the screening assays discussed hereinabove and/or by any other screening techniques well known for those skilled in the art.
  • Diagnostic and therapeutic uses of the herein disclosed molecules may also be based upon the positive functional assay hits disclosed and described below.
  • F. Anti-IL-22 Antibodies
  • The present invention further provides anti-IL-22 antibodies. Exemplary antibodies include polyclonal, monoclonal, humanized, bispecific, and heteroconjugate antibodies.
  • 1. Polyclonal Antibodies
  • The anti-IL-22 antibodies may comprise polyclonal antibodies. Methods of preparing polyclonal antibodies are known to the skilled artisan. Polyclonal antibodies can be raised in a mammal, for example, by one or more injections of an immunizing agent and, if desired, an adjuvant. Typically, the immunizing agent and/or adjuvant will be injected in the mammal by multiple subcutaneous or intraperitoneal injections. The immunizing agent may include the IL-22 polypeptide or a fusion protein thereof. It may be useful to conjugate the immunizing agent to a protein known to be immunogenic in the mammal being immunized. Examples of such immunogenic proteins include but are not limited to keyhole limpet hemocyanin, serum albumin, bovine thyroglobulin, and soybean trypsin inhibitor. Examples of adjuvants which may be employed include Freund's complete adjuvant and MPL-TDM adjuvant (monophosphoryl Lipid A, synthetic trehalose dicorynomycolate). The immunization protocol may be selected by one skilled in the art without undue experimentation.
  • 2. Monoclonal Antibodies
  • The anti-IL-22 antibodies may, alternatively, be monoclonal antibodies. Monoclonal antibodies may be prepared using hybridoma methods, such as those described by Kohler and Milstein, Nature, 256:495 (1975). In a hybridoma method, a mouse, hamster, or other appropriate host animal, is typically immunized with an immunizing agent to elicit lymphocytes that produce or are capable of producing antibodies that will specifically bind to the immunizing agent. Alternatively, the lymphocytes may be immunized in vitro.
  • The immunizing agent will typically include the IL-22 polypeptide or a fusion protein thereof. Generally, either peripheral blood lymphocytes (“PBLs”) are used if cells of human origin are desired, or spleen cells or lymph node cells are used if non-human mammalian sources are desired. The lymphocytes are then fused with an immortalized cell line using a suitable fusing agent, such as polyethylene glycol, to form a hybridoma cell [Goding, Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, Academic Press, (1986) pp. 59-103]. Immortalized cell lines are usually transformed mammalian cells, particularly mycloma cells of rodent, bovine and human origin. Usually, rat or mouse mycloma cell lines are employed. The hybridoma cells may be cultured in a suitable culture medium that preferably contains one or more substances that inhibit the growth or survival of the unfused, immortalized cells. For example, if the parental cells lack the enzyme hypoxanthine guanine phosphoribosyl transferase (HGPRT or HPRT), the culture medium for the hybridomas typically will include hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine (“HAT medium”), which substances prevent the growth of HGPRT-deficient cells.
  • Preferred immortalized cell lines are those that fuse efficiently, support stable high level expression of antibody by the selected antibody-producing cells, and are sensitive to a medium such as HAT medium. More preferred immortalized cell lines are murine myeloma lines, which can be obtained, for instance, from the Salk Institute Cell Distribution Center, San Diego, Calif. and the American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Va. Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines also have been described for the production of human monoclonal antibodies [Kozbor, J. Immunol., 133:3001 (1984); Brodeur et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, (1987) pp. 51-63].
  • The culture medium in which the hybridoma cells are cultured can then be assayed for the presence of monoclonal antibodies directed against IL-22. Preferably, the binding specificity of monoclonal antibodies produced by the hybridoma cells is determined by immunoprecipitation or by an in vitro binding assay, such as radioimmunoassay (RIA) or enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay (ELISA). Such techniques and assays are known in the art. The binding affinity of the monoclonal antibody can, for example, be determined by the Scatchard analysis of Munson and Pollard, Anal. Biochem., 107:220 (1980).
  • After the desired hybridoma cells are identified, the clones may be subcloned by limiting dilution procedures and grown by standard methods [Goding, supra]. Suitable culture media for this purpose include, for example, Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium and RPMI-1640 medium. Alternatively, the hybridoma cells may be grown in vivo as ascites in a mammal.
  • The monoclonal antibodies secreted by the subclones may be isolated or purified from the culture medium or ascites fluid by conventional immunoglobulin purification procedures such as, for example, protein A-Sepharose, hydroxylapatite chromatography, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, or affinity chromatography.
  • The monoclonal antibodies may also be made by recombinant DNA methods, such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567. DNA encoding the monoclonal antibodies of the invention can be readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of murine antibodies). The hybridoma cells of the invention serve as a preferred source of such DNA. Once isolated, the DNA may be placed into expression vectors, which are then transfected into host cells such as simian COS cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, or mycloma cells that do not otherwise produce immunoglobulin protein, to obtain the synthesis of monoclonal antibodies in the recombinant host cells. The DNA also may be modified, for example, by substituting the coding sequence for human heavy and light chain constant domains in place of the homologous murine sequences [U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Morrison et al., supra] or by covalently joining to the immunoglobulin coding sequence all or part of the coding sequence for a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide. Such a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide can be substituted for the constant domains of an antibody of the invention, or can be substituted for the variable domains of one antigen-combining site of an antibody of the invention to create a chimeric bivalent antibody.
  • The antibodies may be monovalent antibodies. Methods for preparing monovalent antibodies are well known in the art. For example, one method involves recombinant expression of immunoglobulin light chain and modified heavy chain. The heavy chain is truncated generally at any point in the Fc region so as to prevent heavy chain crosslinking. Alternatively, the relevant cysteine residues are substituted with another amino acid residue or are deleted so as to prevent crosslinking.
  • In vitro methods are also suitable for preparing monovalent antibodies. Digestion of antibodies to produce fragments thereof, particularly, Fab fragments, can be accomplished using routine techniques known in the art.
  • 3. Human and Humanized Antibodies
  • The anti-IL-22 antibodies of the invention may further comprise humanized antibodies or human antibodies. Humanized forms of non-human (e.g., murine) antibodies are chimeric immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin chains or fragments thereof (such as Fv, Fab, Fab′, F(ab′) or other antigen-binding subsequences of antibodies) which contain minimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin. Humanized antibodies include human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a complementary determining region (CDR) of the recipient are replaced by residues from a CDR of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat or rabbit having the desired specificity, affinity and capacity. In some instances, Fv framework residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues. Humanized antibodies may also comprise residues which are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework sequences. In general, the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence. The humanized antibody optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin [Jones et al., Nature, 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature, 332:323-329 (1988); and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol., 2:593-596 (1992)].
  • Methods for humanizing non-human antibodies are well known in the art. Generally, a humanized antibody has one or more amino acid residues introduced into it from a source which is non-human. These non-human amino acid residues are often referred to as “import” residues, which are typically taken from an “import” variable domain. Humanization can be essentially performed following the method of Winter and co-workers [Jones et al., Nature, 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature, 332:323-327 (1988); Verhoeyen et al., Science, 239:1534-1536 (1988)], by substituting rodent CDRs or CDR sequences for the corresponding sequences of a human antibody. Accordingly, such “humanized” antibodies are chimeric antibodies (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567), wherein substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non-human species. In practice, humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some CDR residues and possibly some FR residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.
  • Human antibodies can also be produced using various techniques known in the art, including phage display libraries [Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol. Biol., 227:381 (1991); Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 222:581 (1991)]. The techniques of Cole et al. and Boerner et al. are also available for the preparation of human monoclonal antibodies (Cole et al., Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, p. 77 (1985) and Boerner et al., J. Immunol., 147(1):86-95 (1991)]. Similarly, human antibodies can be made by introducing of human immunoglobulin loci into transgenic animals, e.g., mice in which the endogenous immunoglobulin genes have been partially or completely inactivated. Upon challenge, human antibody production is observed, which closely resembles that seen in humans in all respects, including gene rearrangement, assembly, and antibody repertoire. This approach is described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,545,807; 5,545,806; 5,569,825; 5,625,126; 5,633,425; 5,661,016, and in the following scientific publications: Marks et al., Bio/Technology 10, 779-783 (1992); Lonberg et al., Nature 368 856-859 (1994); Morrison, Nature 368, 812-13 (1994); Fishwild et al., Nature Biotechnology 14, 845-51 (1996); Neuberger, Nature Biotechnology 14, 826 (1996); Lonberg and Huszar, Intern Rev. Immunol. 13 65-93 (1995).
  • The antibodies may also be affinity matured using known selection and/or mutagenesis methods as described above. Preferred affinity matured antibodies have an affinity which is five times, more preferably 10 times, even more preferably 20 or 30 times greater than the starting antibody (generally murine, humanized or human) from which the matured antibody is prepared.
  • 4. Bispecific Antibodies
  • Bispecific antibodies are monoclonal, preferably human or humanized, antibodies that have binding specificities for at least two different antigens. In the present case, one of the binding specificities is for the IL-22, the other one is for any other antigen, and preferably for a cell-surface protein or receptor or receptor subunit.
  • Methods for making bispecific antibodies are known in the art. Traditionally, the recombinant production of bispecific antibodies is based on the co-expression of two immunoglobulin heavy-chain/light-chain pairs, where the two heavy chains have different specificities [Milstein and Cuello, Nature, 305:537-539 (1983)]. Because of the random assortment of immunoglobulin heavy and light chains, these hybridomas (quadromas) produce a potential mixture of ten different antibody molecules, of which only one has the correct bispecific structure. The purification of the correct molecule is usually accomplished by affinity chromatography steps. Similar procedures are disclosed in WO 93/08829, published 13 May 1993, and in Traunecker et al., EMBO J., 10:3655-3659 (1991).
  • Antibody variable domains with the desired binding specificities (antibody-antigen combining sites) can be fused to immunoglobulin constant domain sequences. The fusion preferably is with an immunoglobulin heavy-chain constant domain, comprising at least part of the hinge, CH2, and CH3 regions. It is preferred to have the first heavy-chain constant region (CH1) containing the site necessary for light-chain binding present in at least one of the fusions. DNAs encoding the immunoglobulin heavy-chain fusions and, if desired, the immunoglobulin light chain, are inserted into separate expression vectors, and are co-transfected into a suitable host organism. For further details of generating bispecific antibodies see, for example, Suresh et al., Methods in Enzymology, 121:210 (1986).
  • According to another approach described in WO 96/27011, the interface between a pair of antibody molecules can be engineered to maximize the percentage of heterodimers which are recovered from recombinant cell culture. The preferred interface comprises at least a part of the CH3 region of an antibody constant domain. In this method, one or more small amino acid side chains from the interface of the first antibody molecule are replaced with larger side chains (e.g. tyrosine or tryptophan). Compensatory “cavities” of identical or similar size to the large side chain(s) are created on the interface of the second antibody molecule by replacing large amino acid side chains with smaller ones (e.g. alanine or threonine). This provides a mechanism for increasing the yield of the heterodimer over other unwanted end-products such as homodimers.
  • Bispecific antibodies can be prepared as full length antibodies or antibody fragments (e.g. F(ab′) bispecific antibodies). Techniques for generating bispecific antibodies from antibody fragments have been described in the literature. For example, bispecific antibodies can be prepared can be prepared using chemical linkage. Brennan et al., Science 229:81 (1985) describe a procedure wherein intact antibodies are proteolytically cleaved to generate F(ab′)2 fragments. These fragments are reduced in the presence of the dithiol complexing agent sodium arsenite to stabilize vicinal dithiols and prevent intermolecular disulfide formation. The Fab′ fragments generated are then converted to thionitrobenzoate (TNB) derivatives. One of the Fab′-TNB derivatives is then reconverted to the Fab′-thiol by reduction with mercaptoethylamine and is mixed with an equimolar amount of the other Fab′-TNB derivative to form the bispecific antibody. The bispecific antibodies produced can be used as agents for the selective immobilization of enzymes.
  • Fab′ fragments may be directly recovered from E. coli and chemically coupled to form bispecific antibodies. Shalaby et al. J. Exp. Med. 175:217-225 (1992) describe the production of a fully humanized bispecific antibody F(ab′)2 molecule. Each Fab′ fragment was separately secreted from E. coli and subjected to directed chemical coupling in vitro to form the bispecific antibody. The bispecific antibody thus formed was able to bind to cells overexpressing the ErbB2 receptor and normal human T cells, as well as trigger the lytic activity of human cytotoxic lymphocytes against human breast tumor targets.
  • Various techniques for making and isolating bispecific antibody fragments directly from recombinant cell culture have also been described. For example, bispecific antibodies have been produced using leucine zippers. Kostelny et al., J. Immunol. 148(5):1547-1553 (1992). The leucine zipper peptides from the Fos and Jun proteins were linked to the Fab′ portions of two different antibodies by gene fusion. The antibody homodimers were reduced at the hinge region to form monomers and then re-oxidized to form the antibody heterodimers. This method can also be utilized for the production of antibody homodimers. The “diabody” technology described by Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448 (1993) has provided an alternative mechanism for making bispecific antibody fragments. The fragments comprise a heavy-chain variable domain (VH) connected to a light-chain variable domain (VL) by a linker which is too short to allow pairing between the two domains on the same chain. Accordingly, the VH and VL domains of one fragment are forced to pair with the complementary VL and VH domains of another fragment, thereby forming two antigen-binding sites. Another strategy for making bispecific antibody fragments by the use of single-chain Fv (sFv) dimers has also been reported. See, Gruber et al., J. Immunol. 152:5368 (1994).
  • Antibodies with more than two valencies are contemplated. For example, trispecific antibodies can be prepared. Tutt et al., J. Immunol. 147:60 (1991).
  • Exemplary bispecific antibodies may bind to two different epitopes on a given IL-22 polypeptide herein. Alternatively, an anti-IL-22 polypeptide arm may be combined with an arm which binds to a triggering molecule on a leukocyte such as a T-cell receptor molecule (e.g. CD2, CD3, CD28, or B7), or Fc receptors for IgG (Fc ÿR), such as FcÿRI (CD64), FcÿRII (CD32) and FcÿRIII (CD16) so as to focus cellular defense mechanisms to the cell expressing the particular IL-22 polypeptide. Bispecific antibodies may also be used to localize cytotoxic agents to cells which express a particular IL-22 polypeptide. These antibodies possess a IL-22-binding arm and an arm which binds a cytotoxic agent or a radionuclide chelator, such as EOTUBE, DPTA, DOTA, or TETA. Another bispecific antibody of interest binds the IL-22 polypeptide and further binds tissue factor (TF).
  • 5. Heteroconjugate Antibodies
  • Heteroconjugate antibodies are also within the scope of the present invention. Heteroconjugate antibodies are composed of two covalently joined antibodies. Such antibodies have, for example, been proposed to target immune system cells to unwanted cells [U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980], and for treatment of HIV infection [WO 91/00360; WO 92/200373; EP 03089]. It is contemplated that the antibodies may be prepared in vitro using known methods in synthetic protein chemistry, including those involving crosslinking agents. For example, immunotoxins may be constructed using a disulfide exchange reaction or by forming a thioether bond. Examples of suitable reagents for this purpose include iminothiolate and methyl-4-mercaptobutyrimidate and those disclosed, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980.
  • 6. Effector Function Engineering
  • It may be desirable to modify the antibody of the invention with respect to effector function, so as to enhance, e.g., the effectiveness of the antibody in treating cancer. For example, cysteine residue(s) may be introduced into the Fc region, thereby allowing interchain disulfide bond formation in this region. The homodimeric antibody thus generated may have improved internalization capability and/or increased complement-mediated cell killing and antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC). See Caron et al., J. Exp Med., 176: 1191-1195 (1992) and Shopes, J. Immmol., 148: 2918-2922 (1992). Homodimeric antibodies with enhanced anti-tumor activity may also be prepared using heterobifunctional cross-linkers as described in Wolff et al. Cancer Research, 53: 2560-2565 (1993). Alternatively, an antibody can be engineered that has dual Fc regions and may thereby have enhanced complement lysis and ADCC capabilities. See Stevenson et al., Anti-Cancer Drug Design, 3: 219-230 (1989).
  • 7. immunoconjugates
  • The invention also pertains to immunoconjugates comprising an antibody conjugated to a cytotoxic agent such as a chemotherapeutic agent, toxin (e.g., an enzymatically active toxin of bacterial, fungal, plant, or animal origin, or fragments thereof), or a radioactive isotope (i.e., a radioconjugate).
  • Chemotherapeutic agents useful in the generation of such immunoconjugates have been described above. Enzymatically active toxins and fragments thereof that can be used include diphtheria A chain, nonbinding active fragments of diphtheria toxin, exotoxin A chain (from Pseudomonas aeruginosa), ricin A chain, abrin A chain, modeccin A chain, alpha-sarcin, Aleurites fordii proteins, dianthin proteins, Phytolaca americana proteins (PAPI, PAPII, and PAP-S), momordica charantia inhibitor, curcin, crotin, sapaonaria officinalis inhibitor, gelonin, mitogellin, restrictocin, phenomycin, enomycin, and the tricothecenes. A variety of radionuclides are available for the production of radioconjugated antibodies. Examples include 212Bi, 131I, 131In, 90Y, and 186Re.
  • Conjugates of the antibody and cytotoxic agent are made using a variety of bifunctional protein-coupling agents such as N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithiol) propionate (SPDP), iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such as dimethyl adipimidate HCL), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl suberate), aldehydes (such as glutareldehyde), bis-azido compounds (such as bis (p-azidobenzoyl) hexanediamine), bis-diazonium derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethylenediamine), diisocyanates (such as tolyene 2,6-diisocyanate), and bis-active fluorine compounds (such as 1,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene). For example, a ricin immunotoxin can be prepared as described in Vitetta et al., Science, 238: 1098 (1987). Carbon-14-labeled 1-isothiocyanatobenzyl-3-methyldiethylene triaminepentaacetic acid (MX-DTPA) is an exemplary chelating agent for conjugation of radionucleotide to the antibody. See WO94/11026.
  • In another embodiment, the antibody may be conjugated to a “receptor” (such streptavidin) for utilization in tumor pretargeting wherein the antibody-receptor conjugate is administered to the patient, followed by removal of unbound conjugate from the circulation using a clearing agent and then administration of a “ligand” (e.g., avidin) that is conjugated to a cytotoxic agent (e.g., a radionucleotide).
  • 8. Immunoliposomes
  • The antibodies disclosed herein may also be formulated as immunoliposomes. Liposomes containing the antibody are prepared by methods known in the art, such as described in Epstein et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 82: 3688 (1985); Hwang et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77: 4030 (1980); and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,485,045 and 4,544,545. Liposomes with enhanced circulation time are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,013,556.
  • Particularly useful liposomes can be generated by the reverse-phase evaporation method with a lipid composition comprising phosphatidylcholine, cholesterol, and PEG-derivatized phosphatidylethanolamine (PEG-PE). Liposomes are extruded through filters of defined pore size to yield liposomes with the desired diameter. Fab′ fragments of the antibody of the present invention can be conjugated to the liposomes as described in Martin et al., J. Biol. Chem., 257: 286-288 (1982) via a disulfide-interchange reaction. A chemotherapeutic agent (such as Doxorubicin) is optionally contained within the liposome. See Gabizon et al., J. National Cancer Inst., 81(19): 1484 (1989).
  • 9. Pharmaceutical Compositions of Antibodies
  • Antibodies specifically binding an IL-22 polypeptide identified herein, as well as other molecules identified by the screening assays disclosed hereinbefore, can be administered for the treatment of various disorders in the form of pharmaceutical compositions.
  • If the IL-22 polypeptide is intracellular and whole antibodies are used as inhibitors, internalizing antibodies are preferred. However, lipofections or liposomes can also be used to deliver the antibody, or an antibody fragment, into cells. Where antibody fragments are used, the smallest inhibitory fragment that specifically binds to the binding domain of the target protein is preferred. For example, based upon the variable-region sequences of an antibody, peptide molecules can be designed that retain the ability to bind the target protein sequence. Such peptides can be synthesized chemically and/or produced by recombinant DNA technology. See, e.g., Marasco et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90: 7889-7893 (1993).
  • The formulation herein may also contain more than one active compound as necessary for the particular indication being treated, preferably those with complementary activities that do not adversely affect each other. Alternatively, or in addition, the composition may comprise an agent that enhances its function, such as, for example, a cytotoxic agent, cytokine, chemotherapeutic agent, or growth-inhibitory agent. Such molecules are suitably present in combination in amounts that are effective for the purpose intended.
  • The active ingredients may also be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacylate) microcapsules, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles, and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions. Such techniques are disclosed in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, supra.
  • The formulations to be used for in vivo administration must be sterile. This is readily accomplished by filtration through sterile filtration membranes.
  • Sustained-release preparations may be prepared. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the antibody, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, or microcapsules. Examples of sustained-release matrices include polyesters, hydrogels (for example, poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate), or poly(vinylalcohol)), polylactides (U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,919), copolymers of L-glutamic acid and ÿ ethyl-L-glutamate, non-degradable ethylene-vinyl acetate, degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers such as the LUIL-22N DEPOT™ (injectable microspheres composed of lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate), and poly-D-(−)-3-hydroxybutyric acid. While polymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate and lactic acid-glycolic acid enable release of molecules for over 100 days, certain hydrogels release proteins for shorter time periods. When encapsulated antibodies remain in the body for a long time, they may denature or aggregate as a result of exposure to moisture at 37° C., resulting in a loss of biological activity and possible changes in immunogenicity. Rational strategies can be devised for stabilization depending on the mechanism involved. For example, if the aggregation mechanism is discovered to be intermolecular S—S bond formation through thio-disulfide interchange, stabilization may be achieved by modifying sulfhydryl residues, lyophilizing from acidic solutions, controlling moisture content, using appropriate additives, and developing specific polymer matrix compositions.
  • G. Uses for Anti-IL-22 Antibodies
  • The anti-IL-22 antibodies of the invention have various utilities. For example, anti-IL-22 antibodies may be used in diagnostic assays for IL-22, e.g., detecting its expression (and in some cases, differential expression) in specific cells, tissues, or serum. Various diagnostic assay techniques known in the art may be used, such as competitive binding assays, direct or indirect sandwich assays and immunoprecipitation assays conducted in either heterogeneous or homogeneous phases [Zola, Monoclonal Antibodies: A Manual of Techniques, CRC Press, Inc. (1987) pp. 147-158]. The antibodies used in the diagnostic assays can be labeled with a detectable moiety. The detectable moiety should be capable of producing, either directly or indirectly, a detectable signal. For example, the detectable moiety may be a radioisotope, such as 3H, 14C, 32P, 35S, or 125I, a fluorescent or chemiluminescent compound, such as fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, or luciferin, or an enzyme, such as alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosidase or horseradish peroxidase. Any method known in the art for conjugating the antibody to the detectable moiety may be employed, including those methods described by Hunter et al., Nature, 144:945 (1962); David et al., Biochemistry, 13:1014 (1974); Pain et al., J. Immunol. Meth., 40:219 (1981); and Nygren, J. Histochem. and Ctochem., 30:407 (1982).
  • Anti-IL-22 antibodies also are useful for the affinity purification of IL-22 from recombinant cell culture or natural sources. In this process, the antibodies against IL-22 are immobilized on a suitable support, such a Sephadex resin or filter paper, using methods well known in the art. The immobilized antibody then is contacted with a sample containing the IL-22 to be purified, and thereafter the support is washed with a suitable solvent that will remove substantially all the material in the sample except the IL-22, which is bound to the immobilized antibody. Finally, the support is washed with another suitable solvent that will release the IL-22 from the antibody. Anti-IL-22 antibodies also find use in binding to IL-22 and thereby inhibiting PAP1 expression, may alleviate the severity of pancreatic disorders.
  • The following examples are offered for illustrative purposes only, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention in any way.
  • All patent and literature references cited in the present specification are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • EXAMPLES
  • Commercially available reagents referred to in the examples were used according to manufacturer's instructions unless otherwise indicated. The source of those cells identified in the following examples, and throughout the specification, by ATCC accession numbers is the American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Va.
  • Example 1 Cloning of IL-22
  • Interleukin-22 (DNA125185-2806) was identified by applying a proprietary signal sequence finding algorithm developed by Genentech, Inc. (South San Francisco, Calif.) upon ESTs as well as clustered and assembled EST fragments from public (e.g., GenBank) and/or private (LIFESEQ®, Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Palo Alto, Calif.) databases. The signal sequence algorithm computes a secretion signal score based on the character of the DNA nucleotides surrounding the first and optionally the second methionine codon(s) (ATG) at the 5′-end of the sequence or sequence fragment under consideration. The nucleotides following the first ATG must code for at least 35 unambiguous amino acids without any stop codons. If the first ATG has the required amino acids, the second is not examined. If neither meets the requirement, the candidate sequence is not scored. In order to determine whether the EST sequence contains an authentic signal sequence, the DNA and corresponding amino acid sequences surrounding the ATG codon are scored using a set of seven sensors (evaluation parameters) known to be associated with secretion signals.
  • Use of the above described signal sequence algorithm allowed identification of an EST cluster sequence from the Incyte database, designated herein as 5086173H1. This EST cluster sequence was then compared to a variety of expressed sequence tag (EST) databases which included public EST databases (e.g., GenBank) and a proprietary EST DNA database (LIFESEQ®, Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Palo Alto, Calif.) to identify existing homologies. The homology search was performed using the computer program BLAST or BLAST2 (Altshul et al., Methods in Enzymology 266:460-480 (1996)). Those comparisons resulting in a BLAST score of 70 (or in some cases 90) or greater that did not encode known proteins were clustered and assembled into a consensus DNA sequence with the program “phrap” (Phil Green, University of Washington, Seattle, Wash.). The consensus sequence obtained therefrom is herein designated DNA110880.
  • In light of an observed sequence homology between the DNA110880 sequence and an EST sequence encompassed within clone no. 5088384 from the Incyte database, clone no. 5088384 was purchased and the cDNA insert was obtained and sequenced. It was found herein that that cDNA insert encoded a full-length protein. The sequence of this cDNA insert is shown in FIG. 1 and is herein designated as IL-22 (DNA125185-2806).
  • Clone DNA125185-2806 contains a single open reading frame with an apparent translational initiation site at nucleotide positions 58-60 and ending at the stop codon at nucleotide positions 595-597 (FIG. 1, SEQ ID NO 1). The predicted polypeptide precursor is 179 amino acids long (FIG. 2, SEQ ID NO: 2). The full-length IL-22 protein shown in FIG. 2 has an estimated molecular weight of about 20,011 daltons and a pI of about 8.10. Analysis of the full-length IL-22 sequence shown in FIG. 2 (SEQ ID NO:2) evidences the presence of a variety of important polypeptide domains as shown in FIG. 2, wherein the locations given for those important polypeptide domains are approximate as described above. IL-22 (DNA125185-2806) has been deposited with ATCC on Dec. 7, 1999 and is assigned ATCC deposit No. PTA-1031.
  • Example 2 Identification of Preceptor/Ligand Interactions
  • In this assay, various IL-22 polypeptides are tested for ability to bind to a panel of potential receptor or ligand molecules for the purpose of identifying receptor/ligand interactions. The identification of a ligand for a known receptor, a receptor for a known ligand or a novel receptor/ligand pair is useful for a variety of indications including, for example, targeting bioactive molecules (linked to the ligand or receptor) to a cell known to express the receptor or ligand, use of the receptor or ligand as a reagent to detect the presence of the ligand or receptor in a composition suspected of containing the same, wherein the composition may comprise cells suspected of expressing the ligand or receptor, modulating the growth of or another biological or immunological activity of a cell known to express or respond to the receptor or ligand, modulating the immune response of cells or toward cells that express the receptor or ligand, allowing the preparation of agonists, antagonists and/or antibodies directed against the receptor or ligand which will modulate the growth of or a biological or immunological activity of a cell expressing the receptor or ligand, and various other indications which will be readily apparent to the ordinarily skilled artisan.
  • The assay is performed as follows. An IL-22 polypeptide of the present invention suspected of being a ligand for a receptor is expressed as a fusion protein containing the Fc domain of human IgG (an immunoadhesin). Receptor-ligand binding is detected by allowing interaction of the immunoadhesin polypeptide with cells (e.g. Cos cells) expressing candidate IL-22 polypeptide receptors and visualization of bound immunoadhesin with fluorescent reagents directed toward the Fc fusion domain and examination by microscope. Cells expressing candidate receptors are produced by transient transfection, in parallel, of defined subsets of a library of cDNA expression vectors encoding IL-22 polypeptides that may function as receptor molecules. Cells are then incubated for 1 hour in the presence of the IL-22 polypeptide immunoadhesin being tested for possible receptor binding. The cells are then washed and fixed with paraformaldehyde. The cells are then incubated with fluorescent conjugated antibody directed against the Fc portion of the IL-22 polypeptide immunoadhesin (e.g. FITC conjugated goat anti-human-Fc antibody). The cells are then washed again and examined by microscope. A positive interaction is judged by the presence of fluorescent labeling of cells transfected with cDNA encoding a particular IL-22 polypeptide receptor or pool of receptors and an absence of similar fluorescent labeling of similarly prepared cells that have been transfected with other cDNA or pools of cDNA. If a defined pool of cDNA expression vectors is judged to be positive for interaction with a IL-22 polypeptide immunoadhesin, the individual cDNA species that comprise the pool are tested individually (the pool is “broken down”) to determine the specific cDNA that encodes a receptor able to interact with the IL-22 polypeptide immunoadhesin.
  • In another embodiment of this assay, an epitope-tagged potential ligand IL-22 polypeptide (e.g. 8 histidine “His” tag) is allowed to interact with a panel of potential receptor IL-22 polypeptide molecules that have been expressed as fusions with the Fc domain of human IgG (immunoadhesins). Following a 1 hour co-incubation with the epitope tagged IL-22 polypeptide, the candidate receptors are each immunoprecipitated with protein A beads and the beads are washed. Potential ligand interaction is determined by western blot analysis of the immunoprecipitated complexes with antibody directed towards the epitope tag. An interaction is judged to occur if a band of the anticipated molecular weight of the epitope tagged protein is observed in the western blot analysis with a candidate receptor, but is not observed to occur with the other members of the panel of potential receptors.
  • Using these assays, the following receptor/ligand interactions have been herein identified:
  • 1. IL-22 binds to IL-10Rÿ. FIG. 10 (SEQ ID NO: 3)
    2. IL-22 binds to IL-22R FIG. 11 (SEQ ID NO: 4)
    (See also [Xie et al., J. Biol. Chem (2000) 275, 31335-31339])
  • Example 3 Expression of IL-22 Receptor in Multiple Human Tissues
  • Multiple tissue Northern Blots were obtained from Clontech (Palo Alto, Calif.). These blots were hybridized with a probe made by end labeling a 50-mer IL-22 receptor specific oligonucleotide using 32P-ÿATP and T4 polynucleotide kinase. Blots were washed 3× with 2×SSC/0.2% SDS and 1× with 0.2×SSC/0.1% SDS at 42 C. The blots were then exposed to X-OMAT film with intensifying screens for 16 hours. The result is shown in FIG. 3. This shows that IL-22 receptor is expressed highly in pancreas, with lower level of IL-22 receptor observed in small intestine, liver, kidney and colon.
  • Example 4 Taqman™ Analysis
  • Total RNA was obtained by homogenizing tissues in lysis buffer and layering the lysate over cesium chloride (5.7 M CsCl/50 mM EDTA.) and centrifugation at 35,000×g for 16 hours. The cell pellets were then resuspended in RNAse free water. 50 nanograms of RNA was then used to perform Taqman™ T analysis. The value of expression was set relative to a housekeeping gene GAPDH.
  • The TaqMan™ reaction is a fluorescent PCR-based technique which makes use of the 5′ exonuclease activity of Taq DNA polymerase enzyme to monitor amplification in real time. Two oligonucleotide primers are used to generate an amplicon typical of a PCR reaction. A third oligonucleotide, or probe, is designed to detect nucleotide sequence located between the two PCR primers. The probe is non-extendible by Taq DNA polymerase enzyme, and is labeled with a reporter fluorescent dye and a quencher fluorescent dye. Any laser-induced emission from the reporter dye is quenched by the quenching dye when the two dyes are located close together as they are on the probe. During the amplification reaction, the Taq DNA polymerase enzyme cleaves the probe in a template-dependent manner. The resultant probe fragments disassociate in solution, and signal from the released reporter dye is free from the quenching effect of the second fluorophore. One molecule of reporter dye is liberated for each new molecule synthesized, and detection of the unquenched reporter dye provides the basis for quantitative interpretation of the data.
  • The results of the TaqMan™ reaction are reported in delta (ÿ) Ct units. TaqMan™ assay data are initially expressed as Ct, or the threshold cycle. This is defined as the cycle at which the reporter signal accumulates above the background level of fluorescence. The ÿCt values are used as quantitative measurement of the relative number of starting copies of a particular target sequence in a nucleic acid sample when comparing cancer results to normal human results. One unit corresponds to 1 PCR cycle or approximately a 2-fold amplification relative to normal, two units corresponds to 4-fold, 3 units to 8-fold amplification and so on. Quantitation was obtained using primers and a TaqMan™ fluorescent probe derived from the IL-22 receptor (IL-22R) encoding gene. Regions of IL-22R which are most likely to contain unique nucleic acid sequences and which are least likely to have spliced out introns are preferred for the primer and probe derivation, e.g., 3′-untranslated regions. The sequences for the primers and probes (forward, reverse and probe) used for the IL-22R gene amplification analysis were as follows:
  • 165608.tm.f1(forward primer)
    5′TGCAACCTGACGGTGGAGA 3′ (SEQ ID NO: 5)
    165608.tm.r1(reverse primer)
    5′AGAGAGCTGAACCTGTCAGTCATCTT 3′ (SEQ ID NO: 6)
    165608.tm.p1(probe)
    5′ CAGTGCGGGAGGCCGGTCA 3′ (SEQ ID NO: 7)
  • The TaqMan™ procedure is run on a real-time quantitative PCR device such as the ABI Prism 7700™. The system consists of a thermocycler, laser, charge-coupled device (CCD) camera and computer. The system amplifies samples in a 96-well format on a thermocycler. During amplification, laser-induced fluorescent signal is collected in real-time through fiber optics cables for all 96 wells, and detected at the CCD. The system includes software for running the instrument and for analyzing the data.
  • The fluorometricly determined concentration of mRNA was then used to dilute each sample to 10 ng/μl in ddH2O. This was done simultaneously on all template samples for a single TaqMan™ plate assay, and with enough material to run several assays. The samples were tested in triplicate with Taqman™ primers and probe both B-actin and GAPDH on a single plate with normal human mRNA, no Reverse Transcriptase added and no-template controls. The reverse transcriptase used was SuperScript II (Life Technologies Inc., Grand Island, N.Y.). The Taq Polymerase, Buffers, and dNTPs were supplied by Perkin Elmer (Perkin Elmer, Applied Biosystems Division, Foster City, Calif. The thermocycler conditions were as follows.
  • a. 1 cycle of: Reverse transcription 48° C., 30 minutes
    b. 1 cycle of: Denature 95° C., 10 minutes
    c. 40 cycles of: Denature 95° C., 30 seconds
    Extend 60° C., 90 seconds
  • Results:
  • The results of this are shown in FIG. 4. Interleukin-22 receptor was expressed highest in pancreas, with expression detected in fetal liver, adult liver, kidney, intestine and colon.
  • Example 5 STAT Activation in Pancreatic Acinar Cells
  • 266-6 is a cell line derived from mouse pancreatic acinar cells and was obtained from ATCC (ATCC deposit No. CRL-2151). These cells were cultured in DMEM supplemented with 10% FBS penicillin/streptomycin and 2 mM L-glutamine (Life Technologies Gaithersburg, Md.) and maintained in 5% CO2 humidified chamber. 266-6 cells were stimulated with control of his-tagged mouse IL-22 containing baculovirus supernatant (100% vol/vol) for 10 minutes at 37° C. Cell lysates were prepared and gel shift assays were performed. Antibodies used for STAT supershift experiments were purchased from Santa Cruz Biotechnology (Santa Cruz, Calif.). STAT binding proteins induced by murine IL-22 could be supershifted with antibodies to STAT 3, as shown in FIG. 5. This demonstrates that the pancreatic acinar cell line 266-6 responds to murine IL-22 by activation of the Janus Kinase (JAK-STAT) pathway, and through STAT3 specifically. The pancreatic beta cell line (NIT-1), does not utilize the JAK-STAT pathway (data not shown).
  • Example 6 IL-22 Increases Expression of Pancreatitis Associated Protein (PAP1)
  • Pancreatitis Associated Protein (PAP1) is a secreted protein and is overexpressed in acute pancreatitis, with expression levels almost completely absent in normal pancreas [Iovanna et al., J Biol Chem. (1991), 266, 24664-24669]. The exact function of PAP1 is unknown, although it is structurally related to the carbohydrate recognition domain of c-type lectins and is a member of the REG family of molecules. Reports have suggested trophic activities for members of the REG family [Nishimune et al., (2000) Nat Cell Biol 2(12), 906-14]. Induction of PAP1 with other cytokines have such as IL-1 or IL-6 either alone or in combination failed to upregulate PAP1 [Dusetti et al., (1995) J. Biol Chem 270, 22417-22421]. Increased serum levels of PAP1 is seen in patients with Celiac disease, [Carroccio et al., (1997) Digestion 58, 98-103] a small bowel disorder, and in patients with cystic fibrosis [Iovanna et al., (1994) C. R. Acad. Sci 317, 561-564].
  • 266-6 cells were treated with purified his-tagged murine IL-22 for 6 hours. Total RNA was extracted by homogenizing cells in lysis buffer and layering the cell lysates of cesium chloride (5.7 M CsCl/50 mM EDTA). The cell lysates were centrifuged at 35,000×g for 16 hours. The cell pellets were resuspended in RNAse free water. 20 microgram of RNA was resolved using a formaldehyde denaturing gel and transferred on to nitrocellulose membranes. Hybridization was performed using a PAP1-specific 32P-ÿATP labeled oligonucleotide probe. Blots were washed 3× with 2×SSC/0.2% SDS and 1× with 0.2×SSC/0.1% SDS at 42° C. Blots were exposed to X-OMAT film with intensifying screens for 16 hours. The blots were then stripped and reprobed using a 32P-ÿAATP labeled GAPDH specific oligonucleotide probe. This result is shown in FIG. 6A. Incubation of the 266-6 cells with murine IL-22 resulted in dramatic induction of PAP1 gene expression. To determine if primary pancreatic acinar cells are also able to respond to murine IL-22, primary acinar cells were isolated from mouse pancreas by collagenase digestion and incubated for 6 hours with or without purified murine IL-22. RNA was prepared as above and PAP1 expression was examined. As with the 266-6 cell line, murine IL-22 induced substantial upregulation of PAP1 expression in the isolated primary pancreatic acinar cells.
  • Example 7 IL-22 Induces PAP1 Gene In Vivo
  • In order to examine the effects of murine IL-22 in vivo, three groups of mice were injected intraperitoneally with 25 micrograms murine IL-22 or PBS. The mice were harvested at 2, 6 or 24 hours following injection, and their pancreas removed and quick frozen. RNA from this tissue was prepared and Northern Blotting analysis as described in Example 5 was performed using a PAP1 gene specific probe. As shown in FIG. 7, PAP1 was upregulated within 2 hours of murine IL-22 injection, reaching a peak expression at about 6 hours, and was still induced at 24 hours.
  • Example 8 IL-22 Pancreatic Response
  • To confirm that the observed pancreas response was due to IL-22 receptor mediated signaling rather than a non-specific toxicity of the recombinant protein, mIL-22 was injected into IL-10Rÿ (−/−) deficient mice. These mice lack one functional chain of the IL-10Rÿ/IL-22R complex for IL-22 signaling. IL-10Rÿ deficient mice were previously reported to lack responsiveness to IL-10. Splenic monocytes isolated from IL-10Rÿ deficient mice do not exhibit IL-10 mediated inhibition of lipopolysaccharide (LPS) induced IL-6 secretion (FIG. 8) or TNF-alpha (not shown). As had been noted previously, IL-22 does not appear to effect monocyte response to LPS (Xie et al., (2000) J. Biol. Chem., 275, 31335-31339). IL-22 does not appear to effect monocyte response to LPS.
  • Example 9 IL-22 Response in IL-10Rÿ Deficient Mice
  • Mice that are deficient or “knocked out” for IL-10Rÿ, lack one functional chain of the IL-22R/IL-10Rÿ receptor complex necessary for IL-22 signaling, and IL-10Rÿ deficient mice were previously reported to lack IL-10 responsiveness. IL-10Rÿ deficient mice and wild type mice were injected intraperitoneally with or without murine IL-22 and harvested 16 hours post injection and Northern Blot analysis performed on pancreatic RNA using PAP1 probes as previously described. As the IL-10Rÿ mice lack one of the chains necessary to transduce an intracellular signal, no induction of PAP1 was evident shown in FIG. 9. In contrast, wild type mice showed a strong induction of PAP1 expression also shown in FIG. 9.
  • Example 10 Use of IL-22 as a Hybridization Probe
  • The following method describes use of a nucleotide sequence encoding IL-22 as a hybridization probe.
  • DNA comprising the coding sequence of full-length or mature IL-22 as disclosed herein is employed as a probe to screen for homologous DNAs (such as those encoding naturally-occurring variants of IL-22) in human tissue cDNA libraries or human tissue genomic libraries.
  • Hybridization and washing of filters containing either library DNAs is performed under the following high stringency conditions. Hybridization of radiolabeled IL-22-derived probe to the filters is performed in a solution of 50% formamide. 5×SSC, 0.1% SDS, 0.1% sodium pyrophosphate, 50 mM sodium phosphate, pH 6.8, 2×Denhardt's solution, and 10% dextran sulfate at 42° C. for 20 hours. Washing of the filters is performed in an aqueous solution of 0.1×SSC and 0.1% SDS at 42° C.
  • DNAs having a desired sequence identity with the DNA encoding full-length native sequence IL-22 can then be identified using standard techniques known in the art.
  • Example 11 Expression of IL-22 in E. coli
  • This example illustrates preparation of an unglycosylated form of IL-22 by recombinant expression in E. coli.
  • The DNA sequence encoding IL-22 is initially amplified using selected PCR primers. The primers should contain restriction enzyme sites which correspond to the restriction enzyme sites on the selected expression vector. A variety of expression vectors may be employed. An example of a suitable vector is pBR322 (derived from E. coli; see Bolivar et al., Gene, 2 :95 (1977)) which contains genes for ampicillin and tetracycline resistance. The vector is digested with restriction enzyme and dephosphorylated. The PCR amplified sequences are then ligated into the vector. The vector will preferably include sequences which encode for an antibiotic resistance gene, a trp promoter, a polyhis leader (including the first six STII codons, polyhis sequence, and enterokinase cleavage site), the IL-22 coding region, lambda transcriptional terminator, and an argU gene.
  • The ligation mixture is then used to transform a selected E. coli strain using the methods described in Sambrook et al., supra. Transformants are identified by their ability to grow on LB plates and antibiotic resistant colonies are then selected. Plasmid DNA can be isolated and confirmed by restriction analysis and DNA sequencing.
  • Selected clones can be grown overnight in liquid culture medium such as LB broth supplemented with antibiotics. The overnight culture may subsequently be used to inoculate a larger scale culture. The cells are then grown to a desired optical density, during which the expression promoter is turned on.
  • After culturing the cells for several more hours, the cells can be harvested by centrifugation. The cell pellet obtained by the centrifugation can be solubilized using various agents known in the art, and the solubilized IL-22 protein can then be purified using a metal chelating column under conditions that allow tight binding of the protein.
  • IL-22 may be expressed in E. coli in a poly-His tagged form, using the following procedure. The DNA encoding IL-22 is initially amplified using selected PCR primers. The primers will contain restriction enzyme sites which correspond to the restriction enzyme sites on the selected expression vector, and other useful sequences providing for efficient and reliable translation initiation, rapid purification on a metal chelation column, and proteolytic removal with enterokinase. The PCR-amplified, poly-His tagged sequences are then ligated into an expression vector, which is used to transform an E. coli host based on strain 52 (W3110 fuhA(tonA) lon galE rpoHts(htpRts) clpP(lacIq). Transformants are first grown in LB containing 50 mg/ml carbenicillin at 30° C. with shaking until an O.D.600 of 3-5 is reached. Cultures are then diluted 50-100 fold into CRAP media (prepared by mixing 3.57 g (NH4)2SO4, 0.71 g sodium citrate.2H2O, 1.07 g KCl, 5.36 g Difco yeast extract. 5.36 g Sheffield hycase SF in 500 mL water, as well as 110 mM MPOS, pH 7.3, 0.55% (w/v) glucose and 7 mM MgSO4) and grown for approximately 20-30 hours at 30° C. with shaking. Samples are removed to verify expression by SDS-PAGE analysis, and the bulk culture is centrifuged to pellet the cells. Cell pellets are frozen until purification and refolding.
  • E. coli paste from 0.5 to 1 L fermentations (6-10 g pellets) is resuspended in 10 volumes (w/v) in 7 M guanidine, 20 mM Tris, pH 8 buffer. Solid sodium sulfite and sodium tetrathionate is added to make final concentrations of 0.1M and 0.02 M, respectively, and the solution is stirred overnight at 4° C. This step results in a denatured protein with all cysteine residues blocked by sulfitolization. The solution is centrifuged at 40,000 rpm in a Beckman Ultracentifuge for 30 min. The supernatant is diluted with 3-5 volumes of metal chelate column buffer (6 M guanidine, 20 mM Tris, pH 7.4) and filtered through 0.22 micron filters to clarify. The clarified extract is loaded onto a 5 ml Qiagen Ni-NTA metal chelate column equilibrated in the metal chelate column buffer. The column is washed with additional buffer containing 50 mM imidazole (Calbiochem, Utrol grade), pH 7.4. The protein is eluted with buffer containing 250 mM imidazole. Fractions containing the desired protein are pooled and stored at 4° C. Protein concentration is estimated by its absorbance at 280 nm using the calculated extinction coefficient based on its amino acid sequence.
  • The proteins are refolded by diluting the sample slowly into freshly prepared refolding buffer consisting of: 20 mM Tris, pH 8.6, 0.3 M NaCl, 2.5 M urea, 5 mM cysteine, 20 mM glycine and 1 mM EDTA. Refolding volumes are chosen so that the final protein concentration is between 50 to 100 micrograms/ml. The refolding solution is stirred gently at 4° C. for 12-36 hours. The refolding reaction is quenched by the addition of TFA to a final concentration of 0.4% (pH of approximately 3). Before further purification of the protein, the solution is filtered through a 0.22 micron filter and acetonitrile is added to 2-10% final concentration. The refolded protein is chromatographed on a Poros R1/H reversed phase column using a mobile buffer of 0.1% TFA with elution with a gradient of acetonitrile from 10 to 80%. Aliquots of fractions with A280 absorbance are analyzed on SDS polyacrylamide gels and fractions containing homogeneous refolded protein are pooled. Generally, the properly refolded species of most proteins are eluted at the lowest concentrations of acetonitrile since those species are the most compact with their hydrophobic interiors shielded from interaction with the reversed phase resin. Aggregated species are usually eluted at higher acetonitrile concentrations. In addition to resolving misfolded forms of proteins from the desired form, the reversed phase step also removes endotoxin from the samples.
  • Fractions containing the desired folded IL-22 polypeptide are pooled and the acetonitrile removed using a gentle stream of nitrogen directed at the solution. Proteins are formulated into 20 mM Hepes, pH 6.8 with 0.14 M sodium chloride and 4% mannitol by dialysis or by gel filtration using G25 Superfine (Pharmacia) resins equilibrated in the formulation buffer and sterile filtered.
  • Many of the IL-22 polypeptides disclosed herein were successfully expressed as described above.
  • Example 12 Expression of IL-22 in Mammalian Cells
  • This example illustrates preparation of a potentially glycosylated form of IL-22 by recombinant expression in mammalian cells.
  • The vector, pRK5 (see EP 307,247, published Mar. 15, 1989), is employed as the expression vector. Optionally, the IL-22 DNA is ligated into pRK5 with selected restriction enzymes to allow insertion of the IL-22 DNA using ligation methods such as described in Sambrook et al., supra. The resulting vector is called pRK5-IL-22.
  • In one embodiment, the selected host cells may be 293 cells. Human 293 cells (ATCC CCL 1573) are grown to confluence in tissue culture plates in medium such as DMEM supplemented with fetal calf serum and optionally, nutrient components and/or antibiotics. About 10 ÿg pRK5-IL-22 DNA is mixed with about 1 ÿg DNA encoding the VA RNA gene [Thimmappaya et al., Cell, 31:543 (1982)] and dissolved in 500 ÿl of 1 mM Tris-HCl, 0.1 mM EDTA, 0.227 M CaCl2. To this mixture is added, dropwise, 500 ÿl of 50 mM HEPES (pH 7.35), 280 mM NaCl, 1.5 mM NaPO4, and a precipitate is allowed to form for 10 minutes at 25° C. The precipitate is suspended and added to the 293 cells and allowed to settle for about four hours at 37° C. The culture medium is aspirated off and 2 ml of 20% glycerol in PBS is added for 30 seconds. The 293 cells are then washed with serum free medium, fresh medium is added and the cells are incubated for about 5 days.
  • Approximately 24 hours after the transfections, the culture medium is removed and replaced with culture medium (alone) or culture medium containing 200 ÿCi/ml 35S-cysteine and 200 ÿCi/ml ±S-methionine. After a 12 hour incubation, the conditioned medium is collected, concentrated on a spin filter, and loaded onto a 15% SDS gel. The processed gel may be dried and exposed to film for a selected period of time to reveal the presence of IL-22 polypeptide. The cultures containing transfected cells may undergo further incubation (in serum free medium) and the medium is tested in selected bioassays.
  • In an alternative technique, IL-22 may be introduced into 293 cells transiently using the dextran sulfate method described by Somparyrac et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 12:7575 (1981). 293 cells are grown to maximal density in a spinner flask and 700 ÿg pRK5-IL-22 DNA is added. The cells are first concentrated from the spinner flask by centrifugation and washed with PBS. The DNA-dextran precipitate is incubated on the cell pellet for four hours. The cells are treated with 20% glycerol for 90 seconds, washed with tissue culture medium, and re-introduced into the spinner flask containing tissue culture medium, 5 ÿg/ml bovine insulin and 0.1 ÿg/ml bovine transferrin. After about four days, the conditioned media is centrifuged and filtered to remove cells and debris. The sample containing expressed IL-22 can then be concentrated and purified by any selected method, such as dialysis and/or column chromatography.
  • In another embodiment, IL-22 can be expressed in CHO cells. The pRK5-IL-22 can be transfected into CHO cells using known reagents such as CaPO4 or DEAE-dextran. As described above, the cell cultures can be incubated, and the medium replaced with culture medium (alone) or medium containing a radiolabel such as 35S-methionine. After determining the presence of IL-22 polypeptide, the culture medium may be replaced with serum free medium. Preferably, the cultures are incubated for about 6 days, and then the conditioned medium is harvested. The medium containing the expressed IL-22 can then be concentrated and purified by any selected method.
  • Epitope-tagged IL-22 may also be expressed in host CHO cells. The IL-22 may be subcloned out of the pRK5 vector. The subclone insert can undergo PCR to fuse in frame with a selected epitope tag such as a poly-his tag into a Baculovirus expression vector. The poly-his tagged IL-22 insert can then be subcloned into a SV40 driven vector containing a selection marker such as DHFR for selection of stable clones. Finally, the CHO cells can be transfected (as described above) with the SV40 driven vector. Labeling may be performed, as described above, to verify expression. The culture medium containing the expressed poly-His tagged IL-22 can then be concentrated and purified by any selected method, such as by Ni2+-chelate affinity chromatography.
  • IL-22 may also be expressed in CHO and/or COS cells by a transient expression procedure or in CHO cells by another stable expression procedure.
  • Stable expression in CHO cells is performed using the following procedure. The proteins are expressed as an IgG construct (immunoadhesin), in which the coding sequences for the soluble forms (e.g. extracellular domains) of the respective proteins are fused to an IgG1 constant region sequence containing the hinge, CH2 and CH2 domains and/or is a poly-His tagged form.
  • Following PCR amplification, the respective DNAs are subcloned in a CHO expression vector using standard techniques as described in Ausubel et al., Current Protocols of Molecular Biology, Unit 3.16, John Wiley and Sons (1997). CHO expression vectors are constructed to have compatible restriction sites 5′ and 3′ of the DNA of interest to allow the convenient shuttling of cDNA's. The vector used expression in CHO cells is as described in Lucas et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 24:9 (1774-1779 (1996), and uses the SV40 early promoter/enhancer to drive expression of the cDNA of interest and dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR). DHFR expression permits selection for stable maintenance of the plasmid following transfection.
  • Twelve micrograms of the desired plasmid DNA is introduced into approximately 10 million CHO cells using commercially available transfection reagents Superfect® (Quiagen), Dosper® or Fugene® (Boehringer Mannheim). The cells are grown as described in Lucas et al., supra. Approximately 3×10−7 cells are frozen in an ampule for further growth and production as described below.
  • The ampules containing the plasmid DNA are thawed by placement into water bath and mixed by vortexing. The contents are pipetted into a centrifuge tube containing 10 mLs of media and centrifuged at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes. The supernatant is aspirated and the cells are resuspended in 10 mL of selective media (0.2 μm filtered PS20 with 5% 0.2 μm diafiltered fetal bovine serum). The cells are then aliquoted into a 100 mL spinner containing 90 mL of selective media. After 1-2 days, the cells are transferred into a 250 mL spinner filled with 150 mL selective growth medium and incubated at 37° C. After another 2-3 days, 250 mL, 500 mL and 2000 mL spinners are seeded with 3×105 cells/mL. The cell media is exchanged with fresh media by centrifugation and resuspension in production medium. Although any suitable CHO media may be employed, a production medium described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,122,469, issued Jun. 16, 1992 may actually be used. A 3 L production spinner is seeded at 1.2×106 cells/mL. On day 0, the cell number pH ie determined. On day 1, the spinner is sampled and sparging with filtered air is commenced. On day 2, the spinner is sampled, the temperature shifted to 33° C., and 30 mL of 500 g/L glucose and 0.6 mL of 10% antifoam (e.g., 35% polydimethylsiloxane emulsion, Dow Corning 365 Medical Grade Emulsion) taken. Throughout the production, the pH is adjusted as necessary to keep it at around 7.2. After 10 days, or until the viability dropped below 70%, the cell culture is harvested by centrifugation and filtering through a 0.22 μm filter. The filtrate was either stored at 4° C. or immediately loaded onto columns for purification.
  • For the poly-His tagged constructs, the proteins are purified using a Ni-NTA column (Qiagen). Before purification, imidazole is added to the conditioned media to a concentration of 5 mM. The conditioned media is pumped onto a 6 ml Ni-NTA column equilibrated in 20 mM Hepes, pH 7.4, buffer containing 0.3 M NaCl and 5 mM imidazole at a flow rate of 4-5 ml/min. at 4° C. After loading, the column is washed with additional equilibration buffer and the protein eluted with equilibration buffer containing 0.25 M imidazole. The highly purified protein is subsequently desalted into a storage buffer containing 10 mM Hepes, 0.14 M NaCl and 4% mannitol, pH 6.8, with a 25 ml G25 Superfine (Pharmacia) column and stored at −80° C.
  • Immunoadhesin (Fc-containing) constructs are purified from the conditioned media as follows. The conditioned medium is pumped onto a 5 ml Protein A column (Pharmacia) which had been equilibrated in 20 mM Na phosphate buffer, pH 6.8. After loading, the column is washed extensively with equilibration buffer before elution with 100 mM citric acid, pH 3.5. The eluted protein is immediately neutralized by collecting 1 ml fractions into tubes containing 275 μL of 1 M Tris buffer, pH 9. The highly purified protein is subsequently desalted into storage buffer as described above for the poly-His tagged proteins. The homogeneity is assessed by SDS polyacrylamide gels and by N-terminal amino acid sequencing by Edman degradation.
  • Many of the IL-22 polypeptides disclosed herein were successfully expressed as described above.
  • Example 13 Expression of IL-22 in Yeast
  • The following method describes recombinant expression of IL-22 in yeast.
  • First, yeast expression vectors are constructed for intracellular production or secretion of IL-22 from the ADH2/GAPDH promoter. DNA encoding IL-22 and the promoter is inserted into suitable restriction enzyme sites in the selected plasmid to direct intracellular expression of IL-22. For secretion, DNA encoding IL-22 can be cloned into the selected plasmid, together with DNA encoding the ADH2/GAPDH promoter, a native IL-22 signal peptide or other mammalian signal peptide, or, for example, a yeast alpha-factor or invertase secretory signal/leader sequence, and linker sequences (if needed) for expression of IL-22.
  • Yeast cells, such as yeast strain AB110, can then be transformed with the expression plasmids described above and cultured in selected fermentation media. The transformed yeast supernatants can be analyzed by precipitation with 10% trichloroacetic acid and separation by SDS-PAGE, followed by staining of the gels with Coomassie Blue stain.
  • Recombinant IL-22 can subsequently be isolated and purified by removing the yeast cells from the fermentation medium by centrifugation and then concentrating the medium using selected cartridge filters. The concentrate containing IL-22 may further be purified using selected column chromatography resins.
  • Many of the IL-22 polypeptides disclosed herein were successfully expressed as described above.
  • Example 14 Expression of IL-22 in Baculovirus-Infected Insect Cells
  • The following method describes recombinant expression of IL-22 in Baculovirus-infected insect cells.
  • The sequence coding for IL-22 is fused upstream of an epitope tag contained within a baculovirus expression vector. Such epitope tags include poly-his tags and immunoglobulin tags (like Fc regions of IgG). A variety of plasmids may be employed, including plasmids derived from commercially available plasmids such as pVL1393 (Novagen). Briefly, the sequence encoding IL-22 or the desired portion of the coding sequence of IL-22 such as the sequence encoding the extracellular domain of a transmembrane protein or the sequence encoding the mature protein if the protein is extracellular is amplified by PCR with primers complementary to the 5′ and 3′ regions. The 5′ primer may incorporate flanking (selected) restriction enzyme sites. The product is then digested with those selected restriction enzymes and subcloned into the expression vector.
  • Recombinant baculovirus is generated by co-transfecting the above plasmid and BaculoGold™ virus DNA (Pharmingen) into Spodoptera frugiperda (“Sf9”) cells (ATCC CRL 1711) using lipofectin (commercially available from GIBCO-BRL). After 4-5 days of incubation at 28° C., the released viruses are harvested and used for further amplifications. Viral infection and protein expression are performed as described by O'Reilley et al., Baculovirus expression vectors: A Laboratory Manual, Oxford: Oxford University Press (1994).
  • Expressed poly-his tagged IL-22 can then be purified, for example, by Ni2+ chelate affinity chromatography as follows. Extracts are prepared from recombinant virus-infected Sf9 cells as described by Rupert et al., Nature, 362:175-179 (1993). Briefly, Sf9 cells are washed, resuspended in sonication buffer (25 mL Hepes, pH 7.9; 12.5 mM MgCl2; 0.1 mM EDTA; 10% glycerol; 0.1% NP-40; 0.4 M KCl), and sonicated twice for 20 seconds on ice. The sonicates are cleared by centrifugation, and the supernatant is diluted 50-fold in loading buffer (50 mM phosphate, 300 mM NaCl, 10% glycerol, pH 7.8) and filtered through a 0.45 μm filter. A Ni2+ NTA agarose column (commercially available from Qiagen) is prepared with a bed volume of 5 mL, washed with 25 mL of water and equilibrated with 25 mL of loading buffer. The filtered cell extract is loaded onto the column at 0.5 mL per minute. The column is washed to baseline A280 with loading buffer, at which point fraction collection is started. Next, the column is washed with a secondary wash buffer (50 mM phosphate; 300 mM NaCl, 10% glycerol, pH 6.0), which elutes nonspecifically bound protein. After reaching A280 baseline again, the column is developed with a 0 to 500 mM Imidazole gradient in the secondary wash buffer. One mL fractions are collected and analyzed by SDS-PAGE and silver staining or Western blot with Ni2+−NTA-conjugated to alkaline phosphatase (Qiagen). Fractions containing the eluted His10-tagged IL-22 are pooled and dialyzed against loading buffer.
  • Alternatively, purification of the IgG tagged (or Fc tagged) IL-22 can be performed using known chromatography techniques, including for instance, Protein A or protein G column chromatography.
  • Many of the IL-22 polypeptides disclosed herein were successfully expressed as described above.
  • Example 15 Preparation of Antibodies that Bind IL-22
  • This example illustrates preparation of monoclonal antibodies which can specifically bind IL-22. Techniques for producing the monoclonal antibodies are known in the art and are described, for instance, in Goding, supra. Immunogens that may be employed include purified IL-22, fusion proteins containing IL-22, and cells expressing recombinant IL-22 on the cell surface. Selection of the immunogen can be made by the skilled artisan without undue experimentation.
  • Mice, such as Balb/c, are immunized with the IL-22 immunogen emulsified in complete Freund's adjuvant and injected subcutaneously or intraperitoneally in an amount from 1-100 micrograms. Alternatively, the immunogen is emulsified in MPL-TDM adjuvant (Ribi Immunochemical Research, Hamilton, Mont.) and injected into the animal's hind foot pads. The immunized mice are then boosted 10 to 12 days later with additional immunogen emulsified in the selected adjuvant. Thereafter, for several weeks, the mice may also be boosted with additional immunization injections. Serum samples may be periodically obtained from the mice by retro-orbital bleeding for testing in ELISA assays to detect anti-IL-22 antibodies.
  • After a suitable antibody titer has been detected, the animals “positive” for antibodies can be injected with a final intravenous injection of IL-22. Three to four days later, the mice are sacrificed and the spleen cells are harvested. The spleen cells are then fused (using 35% polyethylene glycol) to a selected murine myeloma cell line such as P3X63AgU.1, available from ATCC, No. CRL 1597. The fusions generate hybridoma cells which can then be plated in 96 well tissue culture plates containing HAT (hypoxanthine, aminopterin, and thymidine) medium to inhibit proliferation of non-fused cells, myeloma hybrids, and spleen cell hybrids.
  • The hybridoma cells will be screened in an ELISA for reactivity against IL-22. Determination of “positive” hybridoma cells secreting the desired monoclonal antibodies against IL-22 is within the skill in the art.
  • The positive hybridoma cells can be injected intraperitoneally into syngeneic Balb/c mice to produce ascites containing the anti-IL-22 monoclonal antibodies. Alternatively, the hybridoma cells can be grown in tissue culture flasks or roller bottles. Purification of the monoclonal antibodies produced in the ascites can be accomplished using ammonium sulfate precipitation, followed by gel exclusion chromatography. Alternatively, affinity chromatography based upon binding of antibody to protein A or protein G can be employed.
  • Example 16 Purification of IL-22 Polypeptides Using Specific Antibodies
  • Native or recombinant IL-22 polypeptides may be purified by a variety of standard techniques in the art of protein purification. For example, pro-IL-22 polypeptide, mature IL-22 polypeptide, or pre-IL-22 polypeptide is purified by immunoaffinity chromatography using antibodies specific for the IL-22 polypeptide of interest. In general, an immunoaffinity column is constructed by covalently coupling the anti-IL-22 polypeptide antibody to an activated chromatographic resin.
  • Polyclonal immunoglobulins are prepared from immune sera either by precipitation with ammonium sulfate or by purification on immobilized Protein A (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology, Piscataway, N.J.). Likewise, monoclonal antibodies are prepared from mouse ascites fluid by ammonium sulfate precipitation or chromatography on immobilized Protein A. Partially purified immunoglobulin is covalently attached to a chromatographic resin such as CnBr-activated SEPHAROSE™ (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology). The antibody is coupled to the resin, the resin is blocked, and the derivative resin is washed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Such an immunoaffinity column is utilized in the purification of IL-22 polypeptide by preparing a fraction from cells containing IL-22 polypeptide in a soluble form. This preparation is derived by solubilization of the whole cell or of a subcellular fraction obtained via differential centrifugation by the addition of detergent or by other methods well known in the art. Alternatively, soluble IL-22 polypeptide containing a signal sequence may be secreted in useful quantity into the medium in which the cells are grown.
  • A soluble IL-22 polypeptide-containing preparation is passed over the immunoaffinity column, and the column is washed under conditions that allow the preferential absorbance of IL-22 polypeptide (e.g., high ionic strength buffers in the presence of detergent). Then, the column is eluted under conditions that disrupt antibody/IL-22 polypeptide binding (e.g., a low pH buffer such as approximately pH 2-3, or a high concentration of a chaotrope such as urea or thiocyanate ion), and IL-22 polypeptide is collected.
  • Example 17 Drug Screening
  • This invention is particularly useful for screening compounds by using IL-22 polypeptides or binding fragment thereof in any of a variety of drug screening techniques. The IL-22 polypeptide or fragment employed in such a test may either be free in solution, affixed to a solid support, borne on a cell surface, or located intracellularly. One method of drug screening utilizes eukaryotic or prokaryotic host cells which are stably transformed with recombinant nucleic acids expressing the IL-22 polypeptide or fragment. Drugs are screened against such transformed cells in competitive binding assays. Such cells, either in viable or fixed form, can be used for standard binding assays. One may measure, for example, the formation of complexes between IL-22 polypeptide or a fragment and the agent being tested. Alternatively, one can examine the diminution in complex formation between the IL-22 polypeptide and its target cell or target receptors caused by the agent being tested.
  • Thus, the present invention provides methods of screening for drugs or any other agents which can affect an IL-22 polypeptide-associated disease or disorder. These methods comprise contacting such an agent with an IL-22 polypeptide or fragment thereof and assaying (1) for the presence of a complex between the agent and the IL-22 polypeptide or fragment, or (ii) for the presence of a complex between the IL-22 polypeptide or fragment and the cell, by methods well known in the art. In such competitive binding assays, the IL-22 polypeptide or fragment is typically labeled. After suitable incubation, free IL-22 polypeptide or fragment is separated from that present in bound form, and the amount of free or uncomplexed label is a measure of the ability of the particular agent to bind to IL-22 polypeptide or to interfere with the IL-22 polypeptide/cell complex.
  • Another technique for drug screening provides high throughput screening for compounds having suitable binding affinity to a polypeptide and is described in detail in WO 84/03564, published on Sep. 13, 1984. Briefly stated, large numbers of different small peptide test compounds are synthesized on a solid substrate, such as plastic pins or some other surface. As applied to an IL-22 polypeptide, the peptide test compounds are reacted with IL-22 polypeptide and washed. Bound IL-22 polypeptide is detected by methods well known in the art. Purified IL-22 polypeptide can also be coated directly onto plates for use in the aforementioned drug screening techniques. In addition, non-neutralizing antibodies can be used to capture the peptide and immobilize it on the solid support.
  • This invention also contemplates the use of competitive drug screening assays in which neutralizing antibodies capable of binding IL-22 polypeptide specifically compete with a test compound for binding to IL-22 polypeptide or fragments thereof. In this manner, the antibodies can be used to detect the presence of any peptide which shares one or more antigenic determinants with IL-22 polypeptide.
  • Example 18 Rational Drug Design
  • The goal of rational drug design is to produce structural analogs of biologically active polypeptide of interest (i.e., an IL-22 polypeptide) or of small molecules with which they interact, e.g., agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors. Any of these examples can be used to fashion drugs which are more active or stable forms of the IL-22 polypeptide or which enhance or interfere with the function of the IL-22 polypeptide in vivo (c.f., Hodgson, Bio/Technology, 9: 19-21 (1991)).
  • In one approach, the three-dimensional structure of the IL-22 polypeptide, or of an IL-22 polypeptide-inhibitor complex, is determined by x-ray crystallography, by computer modeling or, most typically, by a combination of the two approaches. Both the shape and charges of the IL-22 polypeptide must be ascertained to elucidate the structure and to determine active site(s) of the molecule. Less often, useful information regarding the structure of the IL-22 polypeptide may be gained by modeling based on the structure of homologous proteins. In both cases, relevant structural information is used to design analogous IL-22 polypeptide-like molecules or to identify efficient inhibitors. Useful examples of rational drug design may include molecules which have improved activity or stability as shown by Braxton and Wells, Biochemistry, 31:7796-7801 (1992) or which act as inhibitors, agonists, or antagonists of native peptides as shown by Athauda et al., J. Biochem., 113:742-746 (1993).
  • It is also possible to isolate a target-specific antibody, selected by functional assay, as described above, and then to solve its crystal structure. This approach, in principle, yields a pharmacore upon which subsequent drug design can be based. It is possible to bypass protein crystallography altogether by generating anti-idiotypic antibodies (anti-ids) to a functional, pharmacologically active antibody. As a mirror image of a mirror image, the binding site of the anti-ids would be expected to be an analog of the original receptor. The anti-id could then be used to identify and isolate peptides from banks of chemically or biologically produced peptides. The isolated peptides would then act as the pharmacore.
  • By virtue of the present invention, sufficient amounts of the IL-22 polypeptide may be made available to perform such analytical studies as X-ray crystallography. In addition, knowledge of the IL-22 polypeptide amino acid sequence provided herein will provide guidance to those employing computer modeling techniques in place of or in addition to x-ray crystallography.
  • Deposit of Material
  • The following materials have been deposited with the American Type Culture Collection, 10801 University Blvd., Manassas, Va. 20110-2209, USA (ATCC):
  • Material ATCC Dep. No. Deposit Date
    DNA125185-2806 PTA-1031 Dec. 7, 1999
  • These deposits were made under the provisions of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purpose of Patent Procedure and the Regulations thereunder (Budapest Treaty). This assures maintenance of a viable culture of the deposit for 30 years from the date of deposit. The deposits will be made available by ATCC under the terms of the Budapest Treaty, and subject to an agreement between Genentech, Inc. and ATCC, which assures permanent and unrestricted availability of the progeny of the culture of the deposit to the public upon issuance of the pertinent U.S. patent or upon laying open to the public of any U.S. or foreign patent application, whichever comes first, and assures availability of the progeny to one determined by the U.S. Commissioner of Patents and Trademarks to be entitled thereto according to 35 USC § 122 and the Commissioner's rules pursuant thereto (including 37 CFR § 1.14 with particular reference to 8860G 638).
  • The assignee of the present application has agreed that if a culture of the materials on deposit should die or be lost or destroyed when cultivated under suitable conditions, the materials will be promptly replaced on notification with another of the same. Availability of the deposited material is not to be construed as a license to practice the invention in contravention of the rights granted under the authority of any government in accordance with its patent laws.
  • The foregoing written specification is considered to be sufficient to enable one skilled in the art to practice the invention. The present invention is not to be limited in scope by the construct deposited, since the deposited embodiment is intended as a single illustration of certain aspects of the invention and any constructs that are functionally equivalent are within the scope of this invention. The deposit of material herein does not constitute an admission that the written description herein contained is inadequate to enable the practice of any aspect of the invention, including the best mode thereof, nor is it to be construed as limiting the scope of the claims to the specific illustrations that it represents. Indeed, various modifications of the invention in addition to those shown and described herein will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description and fall within the scope of the appended claims.

Claims (4)

1. A method for alleviating a pancreatic disorder in a mammal comprising administering to said mammal a therapeutically effective amount of an anti-IL-22 antibody.
2. The method of claim 1 wherein the mammal is a human.
3. The method of claim 2 wherein the pancreatic disorder is acute pancreatic, chronic pancreatic, pancreatic carcinoma, or pancreatic inflammation.
4. The method of claim 3 wherein the pancreatic carcinoma is acinar cell carcinoma or mixed cell population pancreatic cell carcinoma.
US12/237,234 1999-12-07 2008-09-24 Interleukin-22 polypeptides, nucleic acids encoding the same and methods for the treatment of pancreatic disorders Abandoned US20090130107A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/237,234 US20090130107A1 (en) 1999-12-07 2008-09-24 Interleukin-22 polypeptides, nucleic acids encoding the same and methods for the treatment of pancreatic disorders
US12/967,952 US8178082B2 (en) 1999-12-07 2010-12-14 Methods for up-regulating PAP1 in animals suffering from pancreatic disorders

Applications Claiming Priority (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16949599P 1999-12-07 1999-12-07
PCT/US2000/014042 WO2000077037A2 (en) 1999-06-15 2000-05-22 Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
PCT/US2000/023328 WO2001016318A2 (en) 1999-09-01 2000-08-24 Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
US09/870,574 US6551799B2 (en) 1999-12-07 2001-05-30 Interleukin-22 polypeptides, nucleic acids encoding the same and methods for the treatment of pancreatic disorders
US10/238,565 US7226591B2 (en) 2000-05-22 2002-09-10 Interleukin-22 polypeptides, nucleic acids encoding the same and methods for the treatment of pancreatic disorders
US11/627,492 US7445905B2 (en) 1999-12-07 2007-01-26 Interleukin-22 polypeptides, nucleic acids encoding the same and methods for the treatment of pancreatic disorders
US12/237,234 US20090130107A1 (en) 1999-12-07 2008-09-24 Interleukin-22 polypeptides, nucleic acids encoding the same and methods for the treatment of pancreatic disorders

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/627,492 Division US7445905B2 (en) 1999-12-07 2007-01-26 Interleukin-22 polypeptides, nucleic acids encoding the same and methods for the treatment of pancreatic disorders

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/967,952 Continuation US8178082B2 (en) 1999-12-07 2010-12-14 Methods for up-regulating PAP1 in animals suffering from pancreatic disorders

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20090130107A1 true US20090130107A1 (en) 2009-05-21

Family

ID=25355694

Family Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/238,565 Expired - Lifetime US7226591B2 (en) 1999-12-07 2002-09-10 Interleukin-22 polypeptides, nucleic acids encoding the same and methods for the treatment of pancreatic disorders
US11/627,492 Expired - Lifetime US7445905B2 (en) 1999-12-07 2007-01-26 Interleukin-22 polypeptides, nucleic acids encoding the same and methods for the treatment of pancreatic disorders
US11/756,338 Abandoned US20090093057A1 (en) 1999-12-07 2007-05-31 Interleukin-22 polypeptides, nucleic acids encoding the same and methods for the treatment of pancreatic disorders
US12/237,234 Abandoned US20090130107A1 (en) 1999-12-07 2008-09-24 Interleukin-22 polypeptides, nucleic acids encoding the same and methods for the treatment of pancreatic disorders
US12/967,952 Expired - Lifetime US8178082B2 (en) 1999-12-07 2010-12-14 Methods for up-regulating PAP1 in animals suffering from pancreatic disorders

Family Applications Before (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/238,565 Expired - Lifetime US7226591B2 (en) 1999-12-07 2002-09-10 Interleukin-22 polypeptides, nucleic acids encoding the same and methods for the treatment of pancreatic disorders
US11/627,492 Expired - Lifetime US7445905B2 (en) 1999-12-07 2007-01-26 Interleukin-22 polypeptides, nucleic acids encoding the same and methods for the treatment of pancreatic disorders
US11/756,338 Abandoned US20090093057A1 (en) 1999-12-07 2007-05-31 Interleukin-22 polypeptides, nucleic acids encoding the same and methods for the treatment of pancreatic disorders

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/967,952 Expired - Lifetime US8178082B2 (en) 1999-12-07 2010-12-14 Methods for up-regulating PAP1 in animals suffering from pancreatic disorders

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (5) US7226591B2 (en)

Families Citing this family (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
SI1177312T1 (en) * 1999-04-28 2008-04-30 Genetics Inst Llc Human gil-19/ae289 proteins and polynucleotides encoding same
CN101361968B (en) 2007-08-06 2011-08-03 健能隆医药技术(上海)有限公司 Use of interleukin-22 in treating fatty liver
US8956605B2 (en) * 2009-01-12 2015-02-17 Generon (Shanghai) Corporation Prevention and/or treatment of multiple organ dysfunction syndrome with interleukin-22
US20140044731A1 (en) 2011-01-04 2014-02-13 Robert Nussenblatt Methods of treating age-related macular degeneration
US9119824B2 (en) 2011-05-18 2015-09-01 Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center Methods of use for IL-22 promoting rejuvenation of thymic and bone marrow function
JP6456356B2 (en) * 2013-03-15 2019-01-23 ジェネンテック, インコーポレイテッド IL-22 polypeptides and IL-22 Fc fusion proteins and methods of use
EP3065777B2 (en) 2013-11-07 2023-07-12 Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center Il-22 for use in the treatment of gastrointestinal graft vs. host disease
CN104623637A (en) 2013-11-07 2015-05-20 健能隆医药技术(上海)有限公司 Application of IL-22 dimer in preparation of intravenous injection drugs
JP6909208B2 (en) 2015-09-17 2021-07-28 アムジェン インコーポレイテッド Prediction of clinical response to IL23 antagonists using IL23 pathway biomarkers
EP3442562B1 (en) 2016-04-15 2022-09-21 Evive Biotechnology (Shanghai) Ltd An il-22 dimer for use in treating necrotizing enterocolitis
CN108070599B (en) * 2018-01-30 2021-07-02 南京农业大学 High-efficiency expression of recombinant porcine interleukin 22 in escherichia coli and application thereof

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5814517A (en) * 1994-04-14 1998-09-29 Ligand Pharmaceuticals, Inc. DNA spacer regulatory elements responsive to cytokines and methods for their use
US5908839A (en) * 1995-08-24 1999-06-01 Magainin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Asthma associated factors as targets for treating atopic allergies including asthma and related disorders
US6331613B1 (en) * 1998-10-26 2001-12-18 Ludwig Institue For Cancer Research Isolated nucleic acid molecules which encode T cell inducible factors (TIFS), the proteins encoded, and uses thereof
US6359117B1 (en) * 1998-10-26 2002-03-19 Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research Isolated nucleic acid molecules which encode T cell inducible factors (TIFs), the proteins encoded, and uses therefor
US7279559B2 (en) * 1999-04-28 2007-10-09 Genetics Institute, Llc Antibodies that bind to interleukin-22

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
IL87737A (en) 1987-09-11 1993-08-18 Genentech Inc Method for culturing polypeptide factor dependent vertebrate recombinant cells
US5900839A (en) * 1996-09-25 1999-05-04 U.S. Philips Corporation Radio transmission apparatus comprising a retractable antenna and an antenna device for such apparatus
US20010023070A1 (en) * 1998-05-29 2001-09-20 Reinhard Ebner Interleukins-21 and 22
EP2357193B1 (en) 1999-04-28 2015-11-04 Genetics Institute, LLC Human GIL-19/AE289 proteins and polynucleotides encoding same
EP1179066A2 (en) 1999-05-19 2002-02-13 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Extracellular signaling molecules
AU5047600A (en) 1999-05-27 2000-12-18 Schering Corporation Mammalian interleukin-10 homologs: il-d110 and il-d210
ATE448246T1 (en) 1999-06-15 2009-11-15 Genentech Inc SECRETED AND TRANSMEMBRANE POLYPEPTIDES AND NUCLEIC ACIDS FOR THE ENCODING THEM
ATE458814T1 (en) 1999-12-03 2010-03-15 Zymogenetics Inc HUMAN CYTOKINE RECEPTOR
EP1242600B1 (en) 1999-12-23 2010-03-03 ZymoGenetics, Inc. Cytokine zcyto18

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5814517A (en) * 1994-04-14 1998-09-29 Ligand Pharmaceuticals, Inc. DNA spacer regulatory elements responsive to cytokines and methods for their use
US5908839A (en) * 1995-08-24 1999-06-01 Magainin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Asthma associated factors as targets for treating atopic allergies including asthma and related disorders
US6331613B1 (en) * 1998-10-26 2001-12-18 Ludwig Institue For Cancer Research Isolated nucleic acid molecules which encode T cell inducible factors (TIFS), the proteins encoded, and uses thereof
US6359117B1 (en) * 1998-10-26 2002-03-19 Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research Isolated nucleic acid molecules which encode T cell inducible factors (TIFs), the proteins encoded, and uses therefor
US7279559B2 (en) * 1999-04-28 2007-10-09 Genetics Institute, Llc Antibodies that bind to interleukin-22

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20030100076A1 (en) 2003-05-29
US7445905B2 (en) 2008-11-04
US20110091417A1 (en) 2011-04-21
US8178082B2 (en) 2012-05-15
US7226591B2 (en) 2007-06-05
US20090093057A1 (en) 2009-04-09
US20070160612A1 (en) 2007-07-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8178082B2 (en) Methods for up-regulating PAP1 in animals suffering from pancreatic disorders
US6551799B2 (en) Interleukin-22 polypeptides, nucleic acids encoding the same and methods for the treatment of pancreatic disorders
US20050118635A1 (en) Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
US20070042395A1 (en) Fibroblast growth factor-19 (FGF-19) nucleic acids and polypeptides and methods of use for the treatment of obesity
EP1688430B1 (en) Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
US20050026243A1 (en) Fibroblast growth factor-19 (FGF-19) nucleic acids and polypeptides and methods of use for the treatment of obesity and related disorders
EP1214409B1 (en) Fibroblast growth factor-19 (fgf-19) nucleic acids and polypeptides and methods of use for the treatment of obesity
US20070174922A1 (en) Nucleic acid encoding novel type-1 cytokine receptor glm-r
JP4602954B2 (en) Use of interleukin-22 polypeptide and antibody binding thereto
US20020119118A1 (en) Novel polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding bolekine
US7235633B2 (en) Cytokine receptors and nucleic acids encoding the same
US7576185B2 (en) PRO34128 antibodies
EP1311679B1 (en) Method for inhibiting il-22 induced pap1
EP1506215B1 (en) Novel polypeptides having sequence similarity to gdnfr and nucleic acids encoding the same
AU4704700A (en) Novel chimpanzee erythropoietin (chepo) polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
US20100285016A1 (en) PRO34128 nucleic acids
EP1624061B1 (en) Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
US20050037465A1 (en) Novel secreted polypeptide and methods of treatment of bone disorders
EP1591452B1 (en) Secreted and transmembrane polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding the same
US20070178539A1 (en) Novel Cytokine Receptors and Nucleic Acids Encoding the Same
US20040258710A1 (en) Novel polypeptides and nucleic acids encoding Bolekine

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION